Move "tee" building down to interpreter::set_logging_proc
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
2571583a 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
2571583a 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
2571583a 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 249@c
6387924a 250@c man end
a4fb0134 251@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 252@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 253@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
254@ifset AARCH64
255
256@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
257 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 258 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 259@end ifset
625e1353
RH
260@ifset ALPHA
261
262@emph{Target Alpha options:}
263 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
264 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 265 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
266 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
267 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
268@end ifset
252b5132 269@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
270
271@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
272 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
273 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
274 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 275 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 276 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
277@end ifset
278@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
279
280@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 281@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
283 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
284 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
285 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 286 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 287 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
288 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
289 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
290 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 291 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 292@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
293@ifset Blackfin
294
295@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
296 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
297 [@b{-mfdpic}]
298 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
299 [@b{-mnopic}]
300@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
301@ifset CRIS
302
303@emph{Target CRIS options:}
304 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
305 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
306 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 307 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
308@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
309@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
310@end ifset
252b5132 311@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
312
313@emph{Target D10V options:}
314 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
315@end ifset
316@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
317
318@emph{Target D30V options:}
319 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 320@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
321@ifset EPIPHANY
322
323@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
324 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
325@end ifset
252b5132 326@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
327
328@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
329 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
330@end ifset
331@ifset HPPA
332@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
333@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
334@ifset I80386
335
336@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 337 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 338 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
339@end ifset
340@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
341
342@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 343@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
344 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
345 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
346 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
587fe2b3 348@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 349
9e32ca89
NC
350@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
351 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
352 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
353 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 354 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 355 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 356 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
357 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
358@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
359@ifset IP2K
360
361@emph{Target IP2K options:}
362 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
363@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
364@ifset M32C
365
366@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 367 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 368@end ifset
587fe2b3 369@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 370
a4fb0134
SC
371@emph{Target M32R options:}
372 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 373 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 374@end ifset
252b5132 375@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
376
377@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
378 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 379@end ifset
60bcf0fa 380@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
381
382@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 383 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
384 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
385 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 386 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
387 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
388 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
389@end ifset
390@ifset MCORE
391
392@emph{Target MCORE options:}
393 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
394 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 395@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
396@ifset METAG
397
398@emph{Target Meta options:}
399 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
400@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
401@ifset MICROBLAZE
402@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
403@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
404@end ifset
252b5132 405@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
406
407@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 408 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 409 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 410 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
412 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
413 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 415 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
416 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
417 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 418 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 419 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 420 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 421 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 422 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 423 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 424 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 425 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 426 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 427 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 428 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 429 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 430 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 431 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 432 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 433 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 434 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 435 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 436 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
437 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
438 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 439 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 440 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
441@end ifset
442@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
443
444@emph{Target MMIX options:}
445 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
446 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
447 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 448 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 449@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
450@ifset NIOSII
451
452@emph{Target Nios II options:}
453 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
454 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
455@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
456@ifset NDS32
457
458@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
459 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
460 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
461 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
462 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
463 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
464 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
465 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
466 [@b{-mb2bb}]
467@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
468@ifset PDP11
469
470@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
471 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
472 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 473 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
474@end ifset
475@ifset PJ
476
477@emph{Target picoJava options:}
478 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
479@end ifset
480@ifset PPC
481
482@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
483 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
484 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
485 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 486 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 487 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
488 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
489 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 490 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 491 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
492 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
493 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 494 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 495 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 496@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
497@ifset PRU
498
499@emph{Target PRU options:}
500 [@b{-link-relax}]
501 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
502 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
503@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
504@ifset RL78
505
506@emph{Target RL78 options:}
507 [@b{-mg10}]
508 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
509@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
510@ifset RX
511
512@emph{Target RX options:}
513 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 514 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
515 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
516 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
517 [@b{-mpid}]
518 [@b{-mrelax}]
519 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
520 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 521@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
522@ifset RISCV
523
524@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
2922d21d
AW
525 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
526 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
4f7eddc4 527@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
528@ifset S390
529
530@emph{Target s390 options:}
531 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
532 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
533 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
534@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
535@ifset SCORE
536
537@emph{Target SCORE options:}
538 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
539 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
540 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
541 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
542@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
543@ifset SPARC
544
545@emph{Target SPARC options:}
546@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
547 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
548 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
549 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
550 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
551 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
552 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
553 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
554 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
555 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
556 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
557 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
558 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
559 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 560 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 561 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
562@end ifset
563@ifset TIC54X
564
565@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 566 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
567 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
568@end ifset
40b36596
JM
569@ifset TIC6X
570
571@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
572 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
573 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
574 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 575@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
576@ifset TILEGX
577
578@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 579 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
580@end ifset
581@ifset TILEPRO
582@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
583@end ifset
b6605ddd 584@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 585
b6605ddd
EB
586@emph{Target Visium options:}
587 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
588@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
589@ifset XTENSA
590
591@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
592 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
593 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
594 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
595 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
596 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 597 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 598@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
599@ifset Z80
600
601@emph{Target Z80 options:}
602 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
603 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
604 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
605 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
606 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
607 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
608 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
609@end ifset
a4fb0134 610@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 611
a4fb0134 612@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 613@end ifset
e0001a05 614
0285c67d 615@c man end
252b5132
RH
616@end smallexample
617
0285c67d
NC
618@c man begin OPTIONS
619
a4fb0134 620@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 621@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 622
83f10cb2 623@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
624Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
625
a4fb0134 626@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
627@item -ac
628omit false conditionals
629
630@item -ad
631omit debugging directives
632
83f10cb2
NC
633@item -ag
634include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
635
252b5132
RH
636@item -ah
637include high-level source
638
639@item -al
640include assembly
641
642@item -am
643include macro expansions
644
645@item -an
646omit forms processing
647
648@item -as
649include symbols
650
651@item =file
652set the name of the listing file
653@end table
654
655You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
656listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
657the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
658
caa32fe5 659@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
660Begin in alternate macro mode.
661@ifclear man
662@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
663@end ifclear
caa32fe5 664
955974c6 665@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
666Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
667ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
668linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
669given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 670
151411f8
L
671@ifset ELF
672@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
673@item --compress-debug-sections=none
674@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
675@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
676@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
677These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
678@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
679@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
680@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 681@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 682@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
683@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
684sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
685@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
686@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
687
151411f8
L
688@end ifset
689
955974c6 690@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
691Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
692targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
693override this.
955974c6 694
252b5132
RH
695@item -D
696Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
697other assemblers.
698
3d6b762c
JM
699@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
700When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
701information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
702
252b5132
RH
703@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
704Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
705@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
706indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
707value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
708use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
709
710@item -f
711``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
712compiler output).
713
329e276d
NC
714@item -g
715@itemx --gen-debug
716Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
717debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
718ECOFF or DWARF2.
719
252b5132
RH
720@item --gstabs
721Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
722may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
723
05da4302
NC
724@item --gstabs+
725Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
726extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
727debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
728may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
729the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
730
329e276d 731@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 732Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 733may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 734option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 735
b40bf0a2
NC
736@item --gdwarf-sections
737Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
738.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
739corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
740will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
741@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
742then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
743suffix.
744
b8871f35 745@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
746@item --size-check=error
747@itemx --size-check=warning
748Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
749
b8871f35
L
750@item --elf-stt-common=no
751@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
752These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
753symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
754by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
755@end ifset
756
252b5132
RH
757@item --help
758Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
759
ea20a7da
CC
760@item --target-help
761Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
762
252b5132
RH
763@item -I @var{dir}
764Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
765
766@item -J
767Don't warn about signed overflow.
768
769@item -K
770@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
771This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
772@end ifclear
773@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
774Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
775@end ifset
776
777@item -L
778@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
779Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
780system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
781or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
782@ifclear man
783@xref{Symbol Names}.
784@end ifclear
252b5132 785
c3a27914
NC
786@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
787Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
788listing to @var{number}.
789
790@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
791Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
792lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
793
794@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
795Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
796@var{number} bytes.
797
798@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
799Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
800to @var{number} + 1.
801
2edb36e7
NC
802@item --no-pad-sections
803Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
804of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
805which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
806
252b5132 807@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 808Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
809
810@item -R
811Fold the data section into the text section.
812
d60646b9 813@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
814Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
815@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
816assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
817memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
818requirements at the expense of speed.
819
820@item --reduce-memory-overheads
821This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
822assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
823@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
824
451133ce
NP
825@ifset ELF
826@item --sectname-subst
827Honor substitution sequences in section names.
828@ifclear man
829@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
830@end ifclear
831@end ifset
832
252b5132
RH
833@item --statistics
834Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
835assembly.
836
837@item --strip-local-absolute
838Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
839
840@item -v
841@itemx -version
a4fb0134 842Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
843
844@item --version
a4fb0134 845Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
846
847@item -W
2bdd6cf5 848@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
849Suppress warning messages.
850
2bdd6cf5
GK
851@item --fatal-warnings
852Treat warnings as errors.
853
854@item --warn
855Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
856
252b5132
RH
857@item -w
858Ignored.
859
860@item -x
861Ignored.
862
863@item -Z
864Generate an object file even after errors.
865
866@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
867Standard input, or source files to assemble.
868
869@end table
2a633939
JM
870@c man end
871
a06ea964
NC
872@ifset AARCH64
873
874@ifclear man
875@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
876for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
877@end ifclear
878
879@ifset man
880@c man begin OPTIONS
881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
88264-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
883@c man end
884@c man begin INCLUDE
885@include c-aarch64.texi
886@c ended inside the included file
887@end ifset
888
889@end ifset
890
2a633939
JM
891@ifset ALPHA
892
893@ifclear man
894@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
895for an Alpha processor.
896@end ifclear
897
898@ifset man
899@c man begin OPTIONS
900The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
901processor.
902@c man end
903@c man begin INCLUDE
904@include c-alpha.texi
905@c ended inside the included file
906@end ifset
907
908@end ifset
252b5132 909
2a633939 910@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 911@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
912The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
913processor.
252b5132 914
a4fb0134 915@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 916@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
917This option selects the core processor variant.
918@item -EB | -EL
919Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
920@item -mcode-density
921Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
922@end table
923@end ifset
924
925@ifset ARM
926The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
927processor family.
928
a4fb0134 929@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 930@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 931Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 932@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 933Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 934@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 935Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
936@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
937Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
938@item -mthumb
939Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 940@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
941Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
942@item -EB | -EL
943Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
944@item -mthumb-interwork
945Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
946ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
947@item -mccs
948Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
949@item -k
950Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
951@end table
952@end ifset
635fb38d 953@c man end
252b5132 954
9982501a 955@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
956
957@ifclear man
958@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
959configured for the Blackfin processor family.
960@end ifclear
961
962@ifset man
963@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
964The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
965the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
966@c man end
967@c man begin INCLUDE
968@include c-bfin.texi
969@c ended inside the included file
970@end ifset
9982501a 971
9982501a
JZ
972@end ifset
973
635fb38d 974@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
975@ifset CRIS
976See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
977@end ifset
978
252b5132
RH
979@ifset D10V
980The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
981a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 982@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
983@cindex D10V optimization
984@cindex optimization, D10V
985@item -O
986Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
987@end table
988@end ifset
989
990@ifset D30V
991The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
992processor.
a4fb0134 993@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
994@cindex D30V optimization
995@cindex optimization, D30V
996@item -O
997Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
998
999@cindex D30V nops
1000@item -n
1001Warn when nops are generated.
1002
1003@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1004@item -N
1005Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1006@end table
1007@end ifset
731caf76
L
1008@c man end
1009
cfb8c092
NC
1010@ifset EPIPHANY
1011The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1012Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1013
56b13185
JR
1014@ifclear man
1015@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1016configured for an Epiphany processor.
1017@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1018
56b13185
JR
1019@ifset man
1020@c man begin OPTIONS
1021The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1022an Epiphany processor.
1023@c man end
1024@c man begin INCLUDE
1025@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1026@c ended inside the included file
1027@end ifset
1028
1029@end ifset
1030
1031@ifset H8300
1032
1033@ifclear man
1034@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1035for an H8/300 processor.
1036@end ifclear
1037
1038@ifset man
1039@c man begin OPTIONS
1040The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1041processor.
1042@c man end
1043@c man begin INCLUDE
1044@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1045@c ended inside the included file
1046@end ifset
cfb8c092 1047
cfb8c092
NC
1048@end ifset
1049
731caf76 1050@ifset I80386
252b5132 1051
731caf76
L
1052@ifclear man
1053@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1054configured for an i386 processor.
1055@end ifclear
1056
1057@ifset man
1058@c man begin OPTIONS
1059The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1060an i386 processor.
1061@c man end
1062@c man begin INCLUDE
1063@include c-i386.texi
1064@c ended inside the included file
1065@end ifset
1066
1067@end ifset
1068
1069@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1070@ifset I960
1071The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1072Intel 80960 processor.
1073
a4fb0134 1074@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1075@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1076Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1077
1078@item -b
1079Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1080
1081@item -no-relax
1082Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1083error if necessary.
1084
1085@end table
1086@end ifset
1087
a40cbfa3
NC
1088@ifset IP2K
1089The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1090Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1091
1092@table @gcctabopt
1093
1094@item -mip2022ext
1095Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1096
1097@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1098Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1099just the basic IP2022 ones.
1100
1101@end table
1102@end ifset
1103
49f58d10
JB
1104@ifset M32C
1105The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1106Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1107
1108@table @gcctabopt
1109
1110@item -m32c
1111Assemble M32C instructions.
1112
1113@item -m16c
1114Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1115
c54b5932
DD
1116@item -relax
1117Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1118
1119@item -h-tick-hex
1120Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1121
49f58d10
JB
1122@end table
1123@end ifset
1124
ec694b89
NC
1125@ifset M32R
1126The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1127Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1128
a4fb0134 1129@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1130
1131@item --m32rx
1132Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1133is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1134
1135@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1136Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1137encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1138
1139@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1140Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1141encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1142
1143@end table
1144@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1145
1146@ifset M680X0
1147The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1148Motorola 68000 series.
1149
a4fb0134 1150@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1151
1152@item -l
1153Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1154
0285c67d
NC
1155@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1156@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1157@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1158Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1159is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1160
1161@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1162The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1163The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1164the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1165two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1166coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1167
1168@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1169The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1170unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1171
1172@end table
1173@end ifset
1174
36591ba1
SL
1175@ifset NIOSII
1176
1177@ifclear man
1178@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1179for an Altera Nios II processor.
1180@end ifclear
1181
1182@ifset man
1183@c man begin OPTIONS
1184The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1185Altera Nios II processor.
1186@c man end
1187@c man begin INCLUDE
1188@include c-nios2.texi
1189@c ended inside the included file
1190@end ifset
1191@end ifset
1192
e135f41b
NC
1193@ifset PDP11
1194
1195For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1196see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1197
a4fb0134 1198@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1199@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1200Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1201default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1202
1203@item -mall
1204@itemx -mall-extensions
1205Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1206
1207@item -mno-extensions
1208Disable all instruction set extensions.
1209
1210@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1211Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1212
1213@item -m@var{cpu}
1214Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1215disable all other extensions.
1216
1217@item -m@var{machine}
1218Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1219model, and disable all other extensions.
1220@end table
1221
1222@end ifset
1223
041dd5a9
ILT
1224@ifset PJ
1225The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1226a picoJava processor.
1227
a4fb0134 1228@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1229
1230@cindex PJ endianness
1231@cindex endianness, PJ
1232@cindex big endian output, PJ
1233@item -mb
1234Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1235
1236@cindex little endian output, PJ
1237@item -ml
1238Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1239
1240@end table
1241@end ifset
1242
93f11b16
DD
1243@ifset PRU
1244
1245@ifclear man
1246@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1247for a PRU processor.
1248@end ifclear
1249
1250@ifset man
1251@c man begin OPTIONS
1252The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1253PRU processor.
1254@c man end
1255@c man begin INCLUDE
1256@include c-pru.texi
1257@c ended inside the included file
1258@end ifset
1259@end ifset
1260
60bcf0fa
NC
1261@ifset M68HC11
1262The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1263Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1264
a4fb0134 1265@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1266
6927f982 1267@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1268Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1269defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1270
6927f982
NC
1271@item --xgate-ramoffset
1272Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1273XGATE address space.
1274
2f904664
SC
1275@item -mshort
1276Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1277
1278@item -mlong
01642c12 1279Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1280
1281@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1282Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1283
1284@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1285Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1286
1370e33d 1287@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1288Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1289conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1290sub routine.
1291
1370e33d
NC
1292@item -S | --short-branches
1293Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1294when the offset is out of range.
1295
1296@item --strict-direct-mode
1297Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1298when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1299
1300@item --print-insn-syntax
1301Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1302
1303@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1304Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1305
1306@item --generate-example
6927f982 1307Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1308This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1309
1310@end table
1311@end ifset
1312
252b5132 1313@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1314The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1315for the SPARC architecture:
1316
a4fb0134 1317@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1318@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1319@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1320Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1321
1322@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1323@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1324
1325@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1326UltraSPARC extensions.
1327
1328@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1329For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1330equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1331
1332@item -bump
1333Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1334@end table
1335@end ifset
1336
39bec121
TW
1337@ifset TIC54X
1338The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1339architecture.
39bec121 1340
a4fb0134 1341@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1342@item -mfar-mode
1343Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1344extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1345@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1346Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1347@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1348Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1349behaviour in the shell.
1350@end table
1351@end ifset
1352
252b5132
RH
1353@ifset MIPS
1354The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1355a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1356
a4fb0134 1357@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1358@item -G @var{num}
1359This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1360implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1361use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1362
1363@cindex MIPS endianness
1364@cindex endianness, MIPS
1365@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1366@item -EB
1367Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1368
1369@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1370@item -EL
1371Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1372
1373@cindex MIPS ISA
1374@item -mips1
1375@itemx -mips2
1376@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1377@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1378@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1379@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1380@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1381@itemx -mips32r3
1382@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1383@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1384@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1385@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1386@itemx -mips64r3
1387@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1388@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1389Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1390@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1391alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1392@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1393@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1394@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1395@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1396MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1397Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1398MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1399
98508b2a
RS
1400@item -march=@var{cpu}
1401Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1402
1403@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1404Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1405
1406@item -mfix7000
1407@itemx -mno-fix7000
1408Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1409of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1410
a8d14a88
CM
1411@item -mfix-rm7000
1412@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1413Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1414followed by a load instruction.
1415
ecb4347a
DJ
1416@item -mdebug
1417@itemx -no-mdebug
1418Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1419section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1420
dcd410fe
RO
1421@item -mpdr
1422@itemx -mno-pdr
1423Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1424
437ee9d5
TS
1425@item -mgp32
1426@itemx -mfp32
1427The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1428flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1429all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1430and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1431
351cdf24
MF
1432@item -mgp64
1433@itemx -mfp64
1434The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1435flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1436all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1437and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1438
1439@item -mfpxx
1440The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1441this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1442which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
144332 or 64 bits wide.
1444
1445@item -modd-spreg
1446@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1447Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1448registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1449@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1450
437ee9d5
TS
1451@item -mips16
1452@itemx -no-mips16
1453Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1454@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1455turns off this option.
252b5132 1456
df58fc94
RS
1457@item -mmicromips
1458@itemx -mno-micromips
1459Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1460@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1461turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1462at the start of the assembly file.
1463
e16bfa71
TS
1464@item -msmartmips
1465@itemx -mno-smartmips
1466Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1467equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1468@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1469
1f25f5d3
CD
1470@item -mips3d
1471@itemx -no-mips3d
1472Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1473This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1474@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1475
deec1734
CD
1476@item -mdmx
1477@itemx -no-mdmx
1478Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1479This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1480@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1481
2ef2b9ae
CF
1482@item -mdsp
1483@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1484Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1485This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1486@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1487
8b082fb1
TS
1488@item -mdspr2
1489@itemx -mno-dspr2
1490Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1491This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1492This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1493@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1494
8f4f9071
MF
1495@item -mdspr3
1496@itemx -mno-dspr3
1497Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1498This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1499This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1500@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1501
56d438b1
CF
1502@item -mmsa
1503@itemx -mno-msa
1504Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1505This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1506@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1507
7d64c587
AB
1508@item -mxpa
1509@itemx -mno-xpa
1510Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1511This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1512@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1513
ef2e4d86
CF
1514@item -mmt
1515@itemx -mno-mt
1516Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1517This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1518@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1519
dec0624d
MR
1520@item -mmcu
1521@itemx -mno-mcu
1522Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1523This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1524@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1525
833794fc
MR
1526@item -minsn32
1527@itemx -mno-insn32
1528Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1529microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1530instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1531the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1532option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1533start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1534selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1535
437ee9d5
TS
1536@item --construct-floats
1537@itemx --no-construct-floats
1538The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1539double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1540value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1541the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1542selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1543
3bf0dbfb
MR
1544@item --relax-branch
1545@itemx --no-relax-branch
1546The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1547branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1548out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1549
8b10b0b3
MR
1550@item -mignore-branch-isa
1551@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1552Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1553semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1554most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1555same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1556checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1557modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1558default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1559branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1560
ba92f887
MR
1561@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1562Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1563(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1564
252b5132
RH
1565@cindex emulation
1566@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1567This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1568on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1569removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1570It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1571
1572The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1573@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1574is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1575big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1576preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1577
1578@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1579@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1580the native tools.
1581
252b5132
RH
1582@item --trap
1583@itemx --no-trap
1584@itemx --break
1585@itemx --no-break
1586Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1587@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1588(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1589@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1590break exception.
63486801
L
1591
1592@item -n
a4fb0134 1593When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1594time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1595@end table
1596@end ifset
1597
1598@ifset MCORE
1599The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1600an MCore processor.
1601
a4fb0134 1602@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1603@item -jsri2bsr
1604@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1605Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1606The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1607
1608@item -sifilter
1609@itemx -nosifilter
1610Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1611The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1612
1613@item -relax
1614Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1615
ec694b89
NC
1616@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1617Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1618can be assembled.
1619
1620@item -EB
1621Assemble for a big endian target.
1622
1623@item -EL
1624Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1625
1626@end table
1627@end ifset
a3c62988 1628@c man end
252b5132 1629
a3c62988
NC
1630@ifset METAG
1631
1632@ifclear man
1633@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1634for a Meta processor.
1635@end ifclear
1636
1637@ifset man
1638@c man begin OPTIONS
1639The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1640Meta processor.
1641@c man end
1642@c man begin INCLUDE
1643@include c-metag.texi
1644@c ended inside the included file
1645@end ifset
1646
1647@end ifset
1648
1649@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1650@ifset MMIX
1651See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1652@end ifset
1653
35c08157
KLC
1654@ifset NDS32
1655
1656@ifclear man
1657@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1658for a NDS32 processor.
1659@end ifclear
1660@c ended inside the included file
1661@end ifset
1662
1663@ifset man
1664@c man begin OPTIONS
1665The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1666NDS32 processor.
1667@c man end
1668@c man begin INCLUDE
1669@include c-nds32.texi
1670@c ended inside the included file
1671@end ifset
1672
635fb38d 1673@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1674@ifset PPC
1675
1676@ifclear man
1677@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1678for a PowerPC processor.
1679@end ifclear
1680
1681@ifset man
1682@c man begin OPTIONS
1683The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1684PowerPC processor.
1685@c man end
1686@c man begin INCLUDE
1687@include c-ppc.texi
1688@c ended inside the included file
1689@end ifset
1690
1691@end ifset
1692
e23eba97
NC
1693@ifset RISCV
1694
1695@ifclear man
1696@xref{RISC-V-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1697for a RISC-V processor.
1698@end ifclear
1699
1700@ifset man
1701@c man begin OPTIONS
1702The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1703RISC-V processor.
1704@c man end
1705@c man begin INCLUDE
1706@include c-riscv.texi
1707@c ended inside the included file
1708@end ifset
1709
1710@end ifset
1711
635fb38d 1712@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1713@ifset RX
1714See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1715@end ifset
1716
11c19e16
MS
1717@ifset S390
1718The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1719processor family.
1720
1721@table @gcctabopt
1722@item -m31
1723@itemx -m64
1724Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1725@item -mesa
1726@item -mzarch
1727Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1728Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1729@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1730Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1731@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1732@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1733@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
1734or @samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}).
11c19e16
MS
1735@item -mregnames
1736@itemx -mno-regnames
1737Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1738@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1739Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1740but evaluates to zero.
1741@end table
1742@end ifset
2a633939 1743@c man end
11c19e16 1744
40b36596 1745@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1746
1747@ifclear man
1748@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1749for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1750@end ifclear
1751
1752@ifset man
1753@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1754The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1755TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1756@c man end
1757@c man begin INCLUDE
1758@include c-tic6x.texi
1759@c ended inside the included file
1760@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1761
1762@end ifset
1763
aa137e4d
NC
1764@ifset TILEGX
1765
1766@ifclear man
1767@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1768for a TILE-Gx processor.
1769@end ifclear
1770
1771@ifset man
1772@c man begin OPTIONS
1773The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1774processor.
1775@c man end
1776@c man begin INCLUDE
1777@include c-tilegx.texi
1778@c ended inside the included file
1779@end ifset
1780
1781@end ifset
1782
b6605ddd
EB
1783@ifset VISIUM
1784
1785@ifclear man
1786@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1787for a Visium processor.
1788@end ifclear
1789
1790@ifset man
1791@c man begin OPTIONS
1792The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1793processor.
1794@c man end
1795@c man begin INCLUDE
1796@include c-visium.texi
1797@c ended inside the included file
1798@end ifset
1799
1800@end ifset
1801
e0001a05 1802@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1803
2d8b84ae
SA
1804@ifclear man
1805@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1806for an Xtensa processor.
1807@end ifclear
1808
1809@ifset man
1810@c man begin OPTIONS
1811The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1812Xtensa processor.
1813@c man end
1814@c man begin INCLUDE
1815@include c-xtensa.texi
1816@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1817@end ifset
1818
2d8b84ae
SA
1819@end ifset
1820
1821@c man begin OPTIONS
1822
3c9b82ba
NC
1823@ifset Z80
1824The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1825a Z80 family processor.
1826@table @gcctabopt
1827@item -z80
1828Assemble for Z80 processor.
1829@item -r800
1830Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1831@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1832@itemx -Wnud
1833Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1834@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1835@itemx -Wnup
1836Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1837@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1838@itemx -Wud
1839Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1840@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1841@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1842Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1843@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1844@itemx -Fud
1845Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1846@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1847@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1848Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1849@end table
1850@end ifset
1851
0285c67d
NC
1852@c man end
1853
252b5132
RH
1854@menu
1855* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1856* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1857* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1858* Command Line:: Command Line
1859* Input Files:: Input Files
1860* Object:: Output (Object) File
1861* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1862@end menu
1863
1864@node Manual
1865@section Structure of this Manual
1866
1867@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1868This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1869@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1870notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1871@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1872
1873@ifclear GENERIC
1874We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1875configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1876@end ifclear
1877@ifset GENERIC
1878This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1879various flavors of the assembler.
1880@end ifset
1881
1882@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1883On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1884to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1885In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1886architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1887mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1888particular architecture.
1889@ifset GENERIC
1890You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1891machine architecture manual for this information.
1892@end ifset
1893@ifclear GENERIC
1894@ifset H8/300
1895For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1896Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1897Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1898@end ifset
252b5132 1899@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1900For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1901see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1902@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1903@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1904@end ifset
1905@ifset Z8000
1906For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1907@end ifset
1908@end ifclear
1909
1910@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1911@ignore
1912Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1913the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1914Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1915computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1916once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1917qualification.
1918
a4fb0134 1919@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1920human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1921computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1922@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1923@end ignore
1924
1925@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1926@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1927@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1928@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1929@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1930@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1931@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1932@c directives).
1933
1934@node GNU Assembler
1935@section The GNU Assembler
1936
0285c67d
NC
1937@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1938
a4fb0134 1939@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1940@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1941This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1942configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1943@end ifclear
1944If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1945should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1946architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1947including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1948@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1949
1950@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1951@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1952@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1953@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1954assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1955machine would assemble.
1956@ifset VAX
1957Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1958@end ifset
1959@ifset M680X0
1960@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1961@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1962This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1963assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1964incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1965@end ifset
1966
0285c67d
NC
1967@c man end
1968
a4fb0134 1969Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1970program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1971@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1972
1973@node Object Formats
1974@section Object File Formats
1975
1976@cindex object file format
1977The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1978object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1979write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1980are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1981Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1982@ifclear GENERIC
1983@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1984For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1985@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1986@end ifclear
1987@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1988@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1989On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1990@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1991@end ifset
1992@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1993On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1994SOM or ELF format object files.
1995@end ifset
1996@end ifclear
1997
1998@node Command Line
1999@section Command Line
2000
2001@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2002
a4fb0134 2003After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2004options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2005before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2006significant.
2007
2008@cindex standard input, as input file
2009@kindex --
2010@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2011explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2012
2013@cindex options, command line
2014Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
2015hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2016@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2017option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2018the letter is important. All options are optional.
2019
2020Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2021name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2022with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2023standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2024
2025@smallexample
2026@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2027@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2028@end smallexample
2029
2030@node Input Files
2031@section Input Files
2032
2033@cindex input
2034@cindex source program
2035@cindex files, input
2036We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2037describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2038be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2039doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2040
2041@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2042@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2043The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2044order specified.
2045
0285c67d 2046@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2047Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2048program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2049(The standard input is also a file.)
2050
a4fb0134 2051You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
2052names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
2053command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
2054is taken to be an input file name.
2055
a4fb0134
SC
2056If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2057from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2058may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2059to assemble.
2060
2061Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2062in your command line.
2063
a4fb0134 2064If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2065file.
2066
0285c67d
NC
2067@c man end
2068
252b5132
RH
2069@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2070
2071@cindex input file linenumbers
2072@cindex line numbers, in input files
2073There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2074either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2075number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2076``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2077
2078@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2079to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2080
2081@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2082directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2083error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2084is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2085@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2086@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2087
2088@node Object
2089@section Output (Object) File
2090
2091@cindex object file
2092@cindex output file
2093@kindex a.out
2094@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2095Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
2096your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
2097is the object file. Its default name is
2098@ifclear BOUT
2099@code{a.out}.
2100@end ifclear
2101@ifset BOUT
2102@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2103@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2104@end ifset
a4fb0134 2105@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2106@end ifset
a4fb0134 2107You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2108object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2109reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2110directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2111possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2112
2113@cindex linker
2114@kindex ld
2115The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2116assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2117the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2118information for the debugger.
2119
2120@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2121@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2122
2123@node Errors
2124@section Error and Warning Messages
2125
0285c67d
NC
2126@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2127
a349d9dd 2128@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2129@cindex warning messages
2130@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2131@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2132file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2133runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2134that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2135grave problem that stops the assembly.
2136
0285c67d
NC
2137@c man end
2138
252b5132
RH
2139@cindex format of warning messages
2140Warning messages have the format
2141
2142@smallexample
2143file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2144@end smallexample
2145
2146@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2147@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2148(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2149(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2150@ifset GENERIC
2151(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2152@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2153have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2154in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2155intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2156
2157Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2158directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2159
2160@smallexample
2161 .file 2 "bar.c"
2162 error_assembler_source
2163 .file "foo.c"
2164 .line 30
2165 error_c_source
2166@end smallexample
2167
2168produces this output:
2169
2170@smallexample
2171 Assembler messages:
2172 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2173 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2174@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2175
2176@cindex format of error messages
2177Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2178
252b5132
RH
2179@smallexample
2180file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2181@end smallexample
72e0b254 2182
252b5132
RH
2183The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2184messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2185because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2186
2187@node Invoking
2188@chapter Command-Line Options
2189
2190@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2191This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2192versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2193for options specific
252b5132 2194@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2195to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2196@end ifclear
2197@ifset GENERIC
2198to particular machine architectures.
2199@end ifset
2200
0285c67d
NC
2201@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2202
c1253627 2203If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2204you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2205The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2206by commas. For example:
2207
2208@smallexample
2209gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2210@end smallexample
2211
2212@noindent
2213This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2214standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2215local symbols in the symbol table).
2216
2217Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2218command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2219(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2220precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2221assembler.)
2222
0285c67d
NC
2223@c man end
2224
252b5132 2225@menu
83f10cb2 2226* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2227* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2228* D:: -D for compatibility
2229* f:: -f to work faster
2230* I:: -I for .include search path
2231@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2232* K:: -K for compatibility
2233@end ifclear
2234@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2235* K:: -K for difference tables
2236@end ifset
2237
ba83aca1 2238* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2239* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2240* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2241* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2242* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2243* o:: -o to name the object file
2244* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2245* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2246* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2247* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2248* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2249* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2250@end menu
2251
2252@node a
83f10cb2 2253@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2254
2255@kindex -a
2256@kindex -ac
2257@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2258@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2259@kindex -ah
2260@kindex -al
2261@kindex -an
2262@kindex -as
2263@cindex listings, enabling
2264@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2265
2266These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2267@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2268You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2269@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2270@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2271@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2272High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2273@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2274also.
2275
83f10cb2
NC
2276Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2277information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2278
252b5132
RH
2279Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2280which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2281other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2282omitted from the listing.
2283
2284Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2285listing.
2286
2287Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2288listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2289@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2290@code{.sbttl}.
2291The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2292If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2293listing-control directives have no effect.
2294
2295The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2296@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2297
96e9638b
BW
2298Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2299because it
c3a27914
NC
2300is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2301is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2302directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2303stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2304memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2305
caa32fe5
NC
2306@node alternate
2307@section @option{--alternate}
2308
2309@kindex --alternate
2310Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2311
252b5132 2312@node D
a4fb0134 2313@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2314
2315@kindex -D
2316This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2317likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2318@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2319
2320@node f
a4fb0134 2321@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2322
2323@kindex -f
2324@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2325@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2326@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2327(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2328and comment preprocessing on
2329the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2330,Preprocessing}.
2331
2332@quotation
2333@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2334preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2335not work correctly.
2336@end quotation
2337
2338@node I
c1253627 2339@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2340
2341@kindex -I @var{path}
2342@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2343@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2344@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2345Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2346@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2347directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2348many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2349working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2350searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2351specified (left to right) on the command line.
2352
2353@node K
a4fb0134 2354@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2355
2356@kindex -K
2357@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2358On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2359permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2360where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2361generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2362family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2363alteration on other platforms.
2364@end ifclear
2365
2366@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2367@cindex difference tables, warning
2368@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2369@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2370form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2371You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2372is done.
2373@end ifset
2374
2375@node L
ba83aca1 2376@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2377
2378@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2379@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2380Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2381@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2382called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2383such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2384programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2385notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2386such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2387
2388This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2389in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2390@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2391
c3a27914 2392@node listing
a4fb0134 2393@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2394
2395The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2396@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2397hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2398them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2399directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2400@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2401@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2402@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2403
a4fb0134 2404@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2405@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2406@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2407@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2408Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2409dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2410
2411@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2412@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2413@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2414Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2415a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2416the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2417switch is used the default is to one.
2418
2419@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2420@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2421@cindex Width of source line output
2422Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2423alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2424source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2425
2426@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2427@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2428@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2429Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2430displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2431@end table
2432
252b5132 2433@node M
a4fb0134 2434@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2435
2436@kindex -M
2437@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2438The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2439changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2440compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2441configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2442MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2443information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2444arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2445assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2446
2447The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2448depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2449file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2450individually. These are:
2451
2452@itemize @bullet
2453@item global symbols in common section
2454
2455The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2456Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2457common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2458symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2459symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2460
2461@item complex relocations
2462
2463The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2464relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2465are not support by other object file formats.
2466
2467@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2468
2469The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2470This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2471instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2472script.
2473
2474@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2475
2476The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2477name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2478
2479@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2480
2481The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2482address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2483which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2484not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2485assigned within a linker script.
2486@end itemize
2487
2488There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2489@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2490seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2491
2492@itemize @bullet
2493
2494@item EBCDIC strings
2495
2496EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2497
2498@item packed binary coded decimal
2499
2500Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2501and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2502
2503@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2504
2505The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2506
2507@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2508
2509The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2510
2511@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2512
2513The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2514@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2515relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2516these options serve no purpose.
2517
2518@item @code{OPT} list control options
2519
2520The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2521@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2522@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2523
2524@item other @code{OPT} options
2525
2526The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2527@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2528
2529@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2530
2531The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2532@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2533
2534@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2535
2536The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2537
2538@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2539
2540The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2541
2542@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2543
2544The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2545
2546@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2547
2548The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2549
2550@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2551
2552The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2553
2554@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2555
2556The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2557
2558@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2559
2560The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2561
2562@end itemize
2563
2564@node MD
c1253627 2565@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2566
2567@kindex --MD
2568@cindex dependency tracking
2569@cindex make rules
2570
a4fb0134 2571@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2572file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2573dependencies of the main source file.
2574
2575The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2576
2577This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2578
2edb36e7
NC
2579@node no-pad-sections
2580@section Output Section Padding
2581@kindex --no-pad-sections
2582@cindex output section padding
2583Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2584alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2585memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2586disable this behaviour.
2587
252b5132 2588@node o
a4fb0134 2589@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2590
2591@kindex -o
2592@cindex naming object file
2593@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2594There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2595default it has the name
2596@ifset GENERIC
2597@ifset I960
2598@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2599@end ifset
2600@ifclear I960
2601@file{a.out}.
2602@end ifclear
2603@end ifset
2604@ifclear GENERIC
2605@ifset I960
2606@file{b.out}.
2607@end ifset
2608@ifclear I960
2609@file{a.out}.
2610@end ifclear
2611@end ifclear
2612You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2613object file a different name.
2614
a4fb0134 2615Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2616existing file of the same name.
2617
2618@node R
a4fb0134 2619@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2620
2621@kindex -R
2622@cindex data and text sections, joining
2623@cindex text and data sections, joining
2624@cindex joining text and data sections
2625@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2626@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2627data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2628the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2629section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2630your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2631appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2632
a4fb0134 2633When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2634address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2635data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2636older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2637
c1253627
NC
2638@ifset COFF-ELF
2639When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2640this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2641@samp{.data}.
2642@end ifset
2643
2644@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2645@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2646@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2647@end ifset
2648
2649@node statistics
a4fb0134 2650@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2651
2652@kindex --statistics
2653@cindex statistics, about assembly
2654@cindex time, total for assembly
2655@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2656Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2657@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2658(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2659seconds).
2660
2661@node traditional-format
c1253627 2662@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2663
2664@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2665For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2666from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2667@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2668
2669For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2670@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2671
2672@node v
a4fb0134 2673@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2674
2675@kindex -v
2676@kindex -version
2677@cindex assembler version
2678@cindex version of assembler
2679You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2680option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2681command line.
2682
2683@node W
a4fb0134 2684@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2685
a4fb0134 2686@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2687assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2688cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2689made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2690
c1253627
NC
2691@kindex -W
2692@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2693@cindex suppressing warnings
2694@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2695If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2696This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2697how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2698are still reported.
2699
c1253627 2700@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2701@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2702@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2703If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2704files that generate warnings to be in error.
2705
c1253627 2706@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2707@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2708You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2709causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2710
2711@node Z
a4fb0134 2712@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2713@cindex object file, after errors
2714@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2715After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2716some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2717@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2718option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2719writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2720errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2721
2722@node Syntax
2723@chapter Syntax
2724
2725@cindex machine-independent syntax
2726@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2727This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2728source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2729assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2730@ifclear VAX
2731assembler.
2732@end ifclear
2733@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2734assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2735@end ifset
2736
2737@menu
7c31ae13 2738* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2739* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2740* Comments:: Comments
2741* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2742* Statements:: Statements
2743* Constants:: Constants
2744@end menu
2745
2746@node Preprocessing
2747@section Preprocessing
2748
2749@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2750The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2751@itemize @bullet
2752@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2753@item
2754adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2755the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2756a single space.
2757
2758@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2759@item
2760removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2761appropriate number of newlines.
2762
2763@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2764@item
2765converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2766@end itemize
2767
2768It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2769anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2770do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2771(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2772to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2773@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2774Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2775
2776Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2777cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2778preprocessed.
2779
2780@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2781@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2782@kindex #NO_APP
2783@kindex #APP
2784If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2785@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2786Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2787specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2788text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2789@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2790@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2791and whitespace.
2792
2793@node Whitespace
2794@section Whitespace
2795
2796@cindex whitespace
2797@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2798Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2799people to read. Unless within character constants
2800(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2801as exactly one space.
2802
2803@node Comments
2804@section Comments
2805
2806@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2807There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2808cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2809
2810Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2811This means you may not nest these comments.
2812
2813@smallexample
2814/*
2815 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2816 is to use this sort of comment.
2817*/
2818
2819/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2820@end smallexample
2821
2822@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2823Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2824considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2825specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2826line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2827line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2828comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2829upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2830@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2831
2832If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2833special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2834to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2835
2836@kindex #
2837@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2838@cindex logical line numbers
2839To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2840special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2841expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2842line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2843new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2844
2845If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2846the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2847
2848@smallexample
2849 # This is an ordinary comment.
2850# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2851 # This is logical line # 36.
2852@end smallexample
2853This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2854of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2855
2856@node Symbol Intro
2857@section Symbols
2858
2859@cindex characters used in symbols
2860@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2861A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2862letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2863@samp{_.$}.
2864@end ifclear
2865@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2866@ifclear GENERIC
2867@ifset H8
2868A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2869letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2870@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2871symbol names.)
2872@end ifset
2873@end ifclear
2874@end ifset
2875@ifset GENERIC
2876On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2877are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2878@end ifset
2879No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2880There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2881are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2882beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2883of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2884
2885Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2886cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2887quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2888backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2889@cindex length of symbols
2890
2891@node Statements
2892@section Statements
2893
2894@cindex statements, structure of
2895@cindex line separator character
2896@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2897
2898A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2899@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2900specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2901target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2902The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2903preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2904exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2905
2906@cindex newline, required at file end
2907@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2908It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2909character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2910
2911An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2912
2913@cindex instructions and directives
2914@cindex directives and instructions
2915@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2916@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2917@c 13feb91.
2918A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2919key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2920symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2921symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2922directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2923a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2924assembles into a machine language instruction.
2925@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2926Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2927recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2928represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2929language.@refill
2930@end ifset
2931
2932@cindex @code{:} (label)
2933@cindex label (@code{:})
2934A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2935Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2936have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2937
2938@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2939For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2940the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2941only one label may be defined on each line.
2942@end ifset
2943
2944@smallexample
2945label: .directive followed by something
2946another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2947 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2948@end smallexample
2949
2950@node Constants
2951@section Constants
2952
2953@cindex constants
2954A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2955inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2956@smallexample
2957@group
2958.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2959.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2960.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2961.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
296295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2963@end group
2964@end smallexample
2965
2966@menu
2967* Characters:: Character Constants
2968* Numbers:: Number Constants
2969@end menu
2970
2971@node Characters
2972@subsection Character Constants
2973
2974@cindex character constants
2975@cindex constants, character
2976There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2977for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2978numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2979@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2980used in arithmetic expressions.
2981
2982@menu
2983* Strings:: Strings
2984* Chars:: Characters
2985@end menu
2986
2987@node Strings
2988@subsubsection Strings
2989
2990@cindex string constants
2991@cindex constants, string
2992A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2993double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2994into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2995a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2996one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2997@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2998(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2999escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3000
3001@cindex escape codes, character
3002@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3003@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3004@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3005@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3006@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3007@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3008@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3009@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3010@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3011@table @kbd
3012@c @item \a
3013@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3014@c
361fa3a4 3015@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3016@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3017@item \b
3018Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3019
3020@c @item \e
3021@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3022@c
361fa3a4 3023@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3024@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3025@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3026Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3027
361fa3a4 3028@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3029@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3030@item \n
3031Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3032
3033@c @item \p
3034@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3035@c
361fa3a4
NC
3036@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3037@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3038@item \r
3039Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3040
3041@c @item \s
3042@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3043@c other assemblers.
3044@c
361fa3a4 3045@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3046@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3047@item \t
3048Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3049
3050@c @item \v
3051@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3052@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3053@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3054@c
361fa3a4 3055@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3056@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3057@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3058An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3059For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3060for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3061
361fa3a4 3062@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3063@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3064@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3065A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3066lower case @code{x} works.
3067
361fa3a4 3068@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3069@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3070@item \\
3071Represents one @samp{\} character.
3072
3073@c @item \'
3074@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3075@c This is needed in single character literals
3076@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3077@c a @samp{'}.
3078@c
361fa3a4 3079@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3080@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3081@item \"
3082Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3083this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3084
3085@item \ @var{anything-else}
3086Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3087assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3088you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3089interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3090other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3091code and warns you of the fact.
3092@end table
3093
3094Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3095varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3096the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3097compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3098sequence.
3099
3100@node Chars
3101@subsubsection Characters
3102
3103@cindex single character constant
3104@cindex character, single
3105@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3106A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3107that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3108@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3109as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3110character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3111the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3112accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3113@ifclear GENERIC
3114@ifclear abnormal-separator
3115(or semicolon @samp{;})
3116@end ifclear
3117@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3118@ifset H8
3119(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3120Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3121@end ifset
3122@end ifset
3123@end ifclear
3124immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3125and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3126constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3127that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3128@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3129
3130@node Numbers
3131@subsection Number Constants
3132
3133@cindex constants, number
3134@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3135@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3136are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3137would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3138integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3139are floating point numbers, described below.
3140
3141@menu
3142* Integers:: Integers
3143* Bignums:: Bignums
3144* Flonums:: Flonums
3145@ifclear GENERIC
3146@ifset I960
3147* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3148@end ifset
3149@end ifclear
3150@end menu
3151
3152@node Integers
3153@subsubsection Integers
3154@cindex integers
3155@cindex constants, integer
3156
3157@cindex binary integers
3158@cindex integers, binary
3159A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3160the binary digits @samp{01}.
3161
3162@cindex octal integers
3163@cindex integers, octal
3164An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3165digits (@samp{01234567}).
3166
3167@cindex decimal integers
3168@cindex integers, decimal
3169A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3170more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3171
3172@cindex hexadecimal integers
3173@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3174A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3175more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3176
3177Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3178the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3179(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3180
3181@node Bignums
3182@subsubsection Bignums
3183
3184@cindex bignums
3185@cindex constants, bignum
3186A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3187except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3188represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3189integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3190
3191@node Flonums
3192@subsubsection Flonums
3193@cindex flonums
3194@cindex floating point numbers
3195@cindex constants, floating point
3196
3197@cindex precision, floating point
3198A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3199indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3200@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3201sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3202to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3203portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3204
3205A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3206@itemize @bullet
3207@item
3208The digit @samp{0}.
3209@ifset HPPA
3210(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3211@end ifset
3212
3213@item
a4fb0134 3214A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3215@ifset GENERIC
3216@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3217@ignore
3218@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3219(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32204.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3221@end ignore
3222
7be1c489 3223On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3224and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3225one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3226
3227On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3228(in upper or lower case).
3229
3230On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3231one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3232
3233On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3234@end ifset
3235@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3236@ifset ARC
3237One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3238@end ifset
3239@ifset H8
3240One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3241@end ifset
3242@ifset HPPA
3243The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3244@end ifset
3245@ifset I960
3246One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3247@end ifset
3248@end ifclear
3249
3250@item
3251An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3252
3253@item
3254An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3255
3256@item
3257An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3258or more decimal digits.
3259
3260@item
3261An optional exponent, consisting of:
3262
3263@itemize @bullet
3264@item
3265An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3266@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3267@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3268@item
3269Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3270@item
3271One or more decimal digits.
3272@end itemize
3273
3274@end itemize
3275
3276At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3277present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3278
a4fb0134 3279@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3280independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3281@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3282
3283@ifclear GENERIC
3284@ifset I960
3285@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3286@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3287@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3288@node Bit Fields
3289@subsubsection Bit Fields
3290
3291@cindex bit fields
3292@cindex constants, bit field
3293You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3294Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3295@example
3296@var{mask}:@var{value}
3297@end example
3298@noindent
a4fb0134 3299@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3300@var{value}.
3301
3302The resulting number is then packed
3303@ifset GENERIC
3304@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3305(in host-dependent byte order)
3306@end ifset
3307into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3308bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3309requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3310more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3311least significant digits.@refill
3312
3313The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3314@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3315@end ifset
3316@end ifclear
3317
3318@node Sections
3319@chapter Sections and Relocation
3320@cindex sections
3321@cindex relocation
3322
3323@menu
3324* Secs Background:: Background
3325* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3326* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3327* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3328* bss:: bss Section
3329@end menu
3330
3331@node Secs Background
3332@section Background
3333
3334Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3335``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3336For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3337
3338@cindex linker, and assembler
3339@cindex assembler, and linker
3340The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3341combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3342emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3343@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3344different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3345oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3346sections.
3347
3348@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3349addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3350units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3351within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3352run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3353the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3354the proper run-time addresses.
3355@ifset H8
7be1c489 3356For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3357@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3358ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3359@end ifset
3360
3361@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3362An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3363of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3364@dfn{bss} sections.
3365
c1253627 3366@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3367@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3368When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3369@end ifset
a4fb0134 3370@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3371using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3372If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3373or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3374@end ifset
3375
3376@ifset HPPA
3377@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3378When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3379@end ifset
a4fb0134 3380@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3381specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3382@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3383(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3384assembler directives.
3385
3386@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3387Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3388text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3389is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3390BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3391@end ifset
3392@end ifset
3393
3394Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3395data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3396
3397@ifset HPPA
3398When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3399section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3400@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3401@end ifset
3402
3403To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3404relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3405object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3406@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3407file is mentioned:
3408@itemize @bullet
3409@item
3410Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3411an address?
3412@item
3413How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3414@item
3415Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3416@display
3417(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3418@end display
3419@item
3420Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3421@end itemize
3422
3423@cindex addresses, format of
3424@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3425In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3426@display
3427(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3428@end display
3429@noindent
a4fb0134 3430Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3431nature.
3432@ifset SOM
3433(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3434symbol-relative instead.)
3435@end ifset
3436
3437In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3438@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3439
3440Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3441@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3442addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3443@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3444@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3445data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3446their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3447part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3448address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3449
3450The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3451address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3452rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3453Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3454address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3455common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3456time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3457
3458By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3459the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3460sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3461customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3462the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3463data and bss sections.
3464
3465Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3466use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3467
3468@node Ld Sections
3469@section Linker Sections
3470@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3471
3472@table @strong
3473
c1253627 3474@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3475@cindex named sections
3476@cindex sections, named
3477@item named sections
3478@end ifset
3479@ifset aout-bout
3480@cindex text section
3481@cindex data section
3482@itemx text section
3483@itemx data section
3484@end ifset
a4fb0134 3485These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3486separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3487true of another.
3488@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3489When the program is running, however, it is
3490customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3491text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3492instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3493program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3494in the data section.
c1253627 3495@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3496
3497@cindex bss section
3498@item bss section
3499This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3500is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3501each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3502out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3503bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3504those explicit zeros from object files.
3505
3506@cindex absolute section
3507@item absolute section
3508Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3509This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3510not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3511addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3512
3513@cindex undefined section
3514@item undefined section
3515This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3516the preceding sections.
3517@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3518@end table
3519
3520@cindex relocation example
3521An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3522@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3523The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3524@end ifset
3525Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3526
3527@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3528@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3529@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3530@smallexample
3531 +-----+----+--+
3532partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3533 +-----+----+--+
3534
3535 text data bss
3536 seg. seg. seg.
3537
3538 +---+---+---+
3539partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3540 +---+---+---+
3541
3542 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3543linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3544 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3545
3546 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3547@end smallexample
3548@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3549@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3550@need 5000
3551@tex
c1253627 3552\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3553\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3554\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3555\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3556
3557\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3558\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3559\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3560
3561\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3562\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3563\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3564ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3565DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3566
3567\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3568\line{0\dots\hfil}
3569
3570@end tex
3571@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3572
3573@node As Sections
3574@section Assembler Internal Sections
3575
3576@cindex internal assembler sections
3577@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3578These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3579have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3580sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3581warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3582meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3583value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3584section-relative address.
3585
3586@table @b
3587@cindex assembler internal logic error
3588@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3589An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3590bug in the assembler.
3591
3592@cindex expr (internal section)
3593@item expr section
3594The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3595symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3596it in the expr section.
3597@c FIXME item debug
3598@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3599@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3600@c FIXME item register
3601@end table
3602
3603@node Sub-Sections
3604@section Sub-Sections
3605
3606@cindex numbered subsections
3607@cindex grouping data
3608@ifset aout-bout
3609Assembled bytes
c1253627 3610@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3611conventionally
3612@end ifset
3613fall into two sections: text and data.
3614@end ifset
3615You may have separate groups of
3616@ifset GENERIC
3617data in named sections
3618@end ifset
3619@ifclear GENERIC
3620@ifclear aout-bout
3621data in named sections
3622@end ifclear
3623@ifset aout-bout
3624text or data
3625@end ifset
3626@end ifclear
3627that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3628are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3629use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3630numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3631same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3632subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3633section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3634assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3635section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3636constants being output.
3637
3638Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3639goes in subsection number zero.
3640
3641@ifset GENERIC
3642Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3643(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3644of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3645@end ifset
3646@ifclear GENERIC
3647@ifset H8
7be1c489 3648On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3649boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3650The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3651@end ifset
3652@ifset I960
3653@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3654@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3655@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3656@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3657@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3658@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3659@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3660@end ifclear
3661
3662Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3663to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3664The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3665other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3666They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3667data subsections as a data section.
3668
3669To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3670into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3671@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3672@ifset COFF
252b5132 3673@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3674When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3675@end ifset
3676@ifclear GENERIC
3677You
3678@end ifclear
3679can also use an extra subsection
3680argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3681@var{expression}}.
3682@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3683@ifset ELF
3684@ifset GENERIC
3685When generating ELF output, you
3686@end ifset
3687@ifclear GENERIC
3688You
3689@end ifclear
3690can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3691to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3692@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3693@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3694(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3695is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3696begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3697@smallexample
3698.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3699.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3700.text 1
3701.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3702.data 0
3703.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3704.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3705.text 0
3706.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3707.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3708@end smallexample
3709
3710Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3711assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3712restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3713counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3714@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3715current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3716assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3717
3718@node bss
3719@section bss Section
3720
3721@cindex bss section
3722@cindex common variable storage
3723The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3724You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3725not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3726your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3727section are zeroed bytes.
3728
3729The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3730@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3731
3732The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3733another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3734
3735@ifset GENERIC
3736When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3737COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3738see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3739section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3740@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3741@end ifset
3742
3743@node Symbols
3744@chapter Symbols
3745
3746@cindex symbols
3747Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3748things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3749to debug.
3750
3751@quotation
3752@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3753@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3754the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3755@end quotation
3756
3757@menu
3758* Labels:: Labels
3759* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3760* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3761* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3762* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3763@end menu
3764
3765@node Labels
3766@section Labels
3767
3768@cindex labels
3769A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3770@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3771active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3772operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3773different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3774definitions.
3775
3776@ifset HPPA
3777On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3778colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3779a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3780provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3781@end ifset
3782
3783@node Setting Symbols
3784@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3785
3786@cindex assigning values to symbols
3787@cindex symbol values, assigning
3788A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3789by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3790(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3791directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3792equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3793@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3794
f8739b83
JZ
3795@ifset Blackfin
3796Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3797@end ifset
3798
252b5132
RH
3799@node Symbol Names
3800@section Symbol Names
3801
3802@cindex symbol names
3803@cindex names, symbol
3804@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3805Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3806machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3807noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3808string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3809particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3810@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3811@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3812@ifset H8
3813Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3814Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3815character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3816on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3817@end ifset
3818@end ifset
3819
3820Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3821than @code{Foo}.
3822
ed1fcdd1
NC
3823Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3824Local Labels. See below.
3825
7bfd842d
NC
3826Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3827multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3828@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3829currently supported.
3830
252b5132
RH
3831Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3832refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3833in a program.
3834
3835@subheading Local Symbol Names
3836
3837@cindex local symbol names
3838@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3839A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3840By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3841@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3842set of local label prefixes.
3843@ifset HPPA
3844On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3845@end ifset
3846
3847Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3848normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3849You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3850to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3851
3852@subheading Local Labels
3853
3854@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3855@cindex temporary symbol names
3856@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3857Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3858programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3859be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3860referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3861the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3862To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3863@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3864to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3865stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3866
3867There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3868too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3869the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3870defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3871definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3872noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3873implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3874
3875Here is an example:
3876
3877@smallexample
38781: branch 1f
38792: branch 1b
38801: branch 2f
38812: branch 1b
3882@end smallexample
3883
3884Which is the equivalent of:
3885
3886@smallexample
3887label_1: branch label_3
3888label_2: branch label_1
3889label_3: branch label_4
3890label_4: branch label_3
3891@end smallexample
3892
ba83aca1 3893Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3894transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3895The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3896are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3897these parts:
252b5132
RH
3898
3899@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3900@item @emph{local label prefix}
3901All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3902Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3903that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3904used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3905@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3906object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3907you may use them in debugging.
3908
2d5aaba0
NC
3909@item @var{number}
3910This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3911label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3912
2d5aaba0
NC
3913@item @kbd{C-B}
3914This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3915of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3916
3917@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3918This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3919@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3920number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3921the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3922@end table
3923
ba83aca1
BW
3924So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3925the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3926
3927@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3928@cindex dollar local symbols
3929
ed1fcdd1
NC
3930On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3931local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3932become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3933valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3934by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3935by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3936
3937Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3938except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3939@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3940
3941They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3942names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3943to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3944@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3945
3946@node Dot
3947@section The Special Dot Symbol
3948
3949@cindex dot (symbol)
3950@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3951@cindex current address
3952@cindex location counter
3953The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3954@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3955.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3956Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3957directive.
252b5132 3958@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3959Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3960@samp{.space 4}.
3961@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3962
3963@node Symbol Attributes
3964@section Symbol Attributes
3965
3966@cindex symbol attributes
3967@cindex attributes, symbol
3968Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3969``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3970attributes.
3971@ifset INTERNALS
3972The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3973@end ifset
3974
a4fb0134 3975If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3976all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3977symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3978would want.
3979
3980@menu
3981* Symbol Value:: Value
3982* Symbol Type:: Type
3983@ifset aout-bout
3984@ifset GENERIC
3985* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3986@end ifset
3987@ifclear GENERIC
3988@ifclear BOUT
3989* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3990@end ifclear
3991@ifset BOUT
3992* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3993@end ifset
3994@end ifclear
3995@end ifset
3996@ifset COFF
3997* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3998@end ifset
3999@ifset SOM
4000* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
4001@end ifset
4002@end menu
4003
4004@node Symbol Value
4005@subsection Value
4006
4007@cindex value of a symbol
4008@cindex symbol value
4009The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4010location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4011number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4012Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4013as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4014symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4015called absolute.
4016
4017The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40180 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4019@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4020same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4021name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4022common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4023bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4024allocated storage.
4025
4026@node Symbol Type
4027@subsection Type
4028
4029@cindex type of a symbol
4030@cindex symbol type
4031The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4032information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4033(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4034format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4035
4036@ifset aout-bout
4037@ifclear GENERIC
4038@ifset BOUT
4039@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
4040@c better if it were available outside examples.
4041@need 1000
4042@node a.out Symbols
4043@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
4044
4045@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
4046@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4047These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
4048one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
4049@code{b.out}.
4050
4051@end ifset
4052@ifclear BOUT
4053@node a.out Symbols
4054@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4055
4056@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4057@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4058
4059@end ifclear
4060@end ifclear
4061@ifset GENERIC
4062@node a.out Symbols
4063@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4064
4065@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4066@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4067
4068@end ifset
4069@menu
4070* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4071* Symbol Other:: Other
4072@end menu
4073
4074@node Symbol Desc
4075@subsubsection Descriptor
4076
4077@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4078This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4079descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4080(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4081@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4082
4083@node Symbol Other
4084@subsubsection Other
4085
4086@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4087This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4088@end ifset
4089
4090@ifset COFF
4091@node COFF Symbols
4092@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4093
4094@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4095@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4096
4097The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4098like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4099@code{.endef} directives.
4100
4101@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4102
4103@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4104The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4105respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4106
4107@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4108
4109@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4110The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4111@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4112table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4113@end ifset
4114
4115@ifset SOM
4116@node SOM Symbols
4117@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4118
4119@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4120@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4121
4122The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4123the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4124
01642c12 4125The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4126Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4127@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4128@end ifset
4129
4130@node Expressions
4131@chapter Expressions
4132
4133@cindex expressions
4134@cindex addresses
4135@cindex numeric values
4136An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4137Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4138
4139The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4140a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4141enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4142section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4143the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4144@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4145
4146@menu
4147* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4148* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4149@end menu
4150
4151@node Empty Exprs
4152@section Empty Expressions
4153
4154@cindex empty expressions
4155@cindex expressions, empty
4156An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4157Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4158expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4159is compatible with other assemblers.
4160
4161@node Integer Exprs
4162@section Integer Expressions
4163
4164@cindex integer expressions
4165@cindex expressions, integer
4166An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4167by @emph{operators}.
4168
4169@menu
4170* Arguments:: Arguments
4171* Operators:: Operators
4172* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4173* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4174@end menu
4175
4176@node Arguments
4177@subsection Arguments
4178
4179@cindex expression arguments
4180@cindex arguments in expressions
4181@cindex operands in expressions
4182@cindex arithmetic operands
4183@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4184contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4185this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4186the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4187expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4188instruction operands.
4189
4190Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4191@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4192or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4193integer.
4194
4195Numbers are usually integers.
4196
4197A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4198that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4199these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4200instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4201assemblers.
4202
4203@cindex subexpressions
4204Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4205expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4206operator followed by an argument.
4207
4208@node Operators
4209@subsection Operators
4210
4211@cindex operators, in expressions
4212@cindex arithmetic functions
4213@cindex functions, in expressions
4214@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4215operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4216between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4217whitespace.
4218
4219@node Prefix Ops
4220@subsection Prefix Operator
4221
4222@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4223@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4224one argument, which must be absolute.
4225
4226@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4227@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4228@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4229@tex
4230\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4231@end tex
4232
4233@table @code
4234@item -
4235@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4236@item ~
4237@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4238@end table
4239
4240@tex
4241\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4242@end tex
4243
4244@node Infix Ops
4245@subsection Infix Operators
4246
4247@cindex infix operators
4248@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4249@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4250have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4251to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4252absolute, and the result is absolute.
4253
4254@enumerate
4255@cindex operator precedence
4256@cindex precedence of operators
4257
4258@item
4259Highest Precedence
4260
4261@table @code
4262@item *
4263@dfn{Multiplication}.
4264
4265@item /
4266@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4267
4268@item %
4269@dfn{Remainder}.
4270
d1eac9d9 4271@item <<
252b5132
RH
4272@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4273
d1eac9d9 4274@item >>
252b5132
RH
4275@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4276@end table
4277
4278@item
4279Intermediate precedence
4280
4281@table @code
4282@item |
4283
4284@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4285
4286@item &
4287@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4288
4289@item ^
4290@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4291
4292@item !
4293@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4294@end table
4295
4296@item
b131d4dc 4297Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4298
4299@table @code
4300@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4301@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4302@cindex arguments for addition
4303@item +
4304@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4305the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4306sections.
4307
4308@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4309@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4310@cindex arguments for subtraction
4311@item -
4312@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4313result has the section of the left argument.
4314If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4315You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4316@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4317
4318@cindex comparison expressions
4319@cindex expressions, comparison
4320@item ==
4321@dfn{Is Equal To}
4322@item <>
723a8472 4323@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4324@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4325@item <
4326@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4327@item >
b131d4dc 4328@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4329@item >=
b131d4dc 4330@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4331@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4332@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4333
4334The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4335value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4336perform signed comparisons.
4337@end table
4338
4339@item Lowest Precedence
4340
4341@table @code
4342@item &&
4343@dfn{Logical And}.
4344
4345@item ||
4346@dfn{Logical Or}.
4347
4348These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4349expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4350value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4351or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4352
252b5132
RH
4353@end table
4354@end enumerate
4355
4356In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4357address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4358
4359@node Pseudo Ops
4360@chapter Assembler Directives
4361
4362@cindex directives, machine independent
4363@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4364@cindex machine independent directives
4365All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4366The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4367in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4368
4369This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4370target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4371@ifset GENERIC
4372Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4373@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4374@end ifset
4375@ifclear GENERIC
4376@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4377@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4378@end ifset
4379@end ifclear
4380
4381@menu
4382* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4383@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4384* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4385@end ifset
f0dc282c 4386
252b5132 4387* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4388* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4389* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4390* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4391* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4392* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4393* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4394* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4395* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4396* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4397@ifset COFF
4398* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4399@end ifset
4400@ifset aout-bout
4401* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4402@end ifset
4403@ifset COFF
4404* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4405@end ifset
f0dc282c 4406
252b5132
RH
4407* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4408* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4409* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4410* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4411* End:: @code{.end}
4412@ifset COFF
4413* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4414@end ifset
f0dc282c 4415
252b5132
RH
4416* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4417* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4418* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4419* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4420* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4421* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4422* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4423* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4424* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4425* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4426* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4427* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4428* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4429* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4430* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4431@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4432* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4433* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4434@end ifset
f0dc282c 4435
252b5132
RH
4436* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4437* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4438* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4439* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4440* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4441* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4442@ifset ELF
4443* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4444@end ifset
f0dc282c 4445
252b5132
RH
4446* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4447* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4448* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4449* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4450@ifclear no-line-dir
4451* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4452@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4453
252b5132
RH
4454* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4455* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4456* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4457* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4458* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4459@ifset ELF
4460* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4461@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4462
252b5132
RH
4463* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4464@ignore
4465* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4466@end ignore
f0dc282c 4467
252b5132
RH
4468* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4469* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4470* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4471* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4472* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4473* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4474* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4475* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4476@ifset ELF
4477* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4478* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4479@end ifset
f0dc282c 4480
252b5132 4481* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4482@ifset ELF
4483* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4484@end ifset
f0dc282c 4485
252b5132
RH
4486* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4487* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4488@ifset ELF
4489* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4490@end ifset
f0dc282c 4491
252b5132 4492* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4493* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4494* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4495* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4496@ifset COFF
4497* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4498@end ifset
4499@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4500* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4501@end ifset
f0dc282c 4502
252b5132
RH
4503* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4504* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4505* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4506@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4507* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4508@end ifset
884f0d36 4509@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4510* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4511@end ifclear
4512
252b5132 4513* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4514@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4515* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4516@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4517@ifset have-stabs
4518* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4519@end ifset
f0dc282c 4520
38a57ae7 4521* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4522* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4523@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4524* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4525* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4526@end ifset
f0dc282c 4527
252b5132
RH
4528@ifset COFF
4529* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4530@end ifset
f0dc282c 4531
252b5132
RH
4532* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4533* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4534@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4535* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4536@end ifset
4537
c91d2e08 4538* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4539@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4540* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4541@end ifset
f0dc282c 4542
2e13b764 4543@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4544* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4545* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4546* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4547@end ifset
f0dc282c 4548
d190d046 4549* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4550* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4551* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4552* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4553@ifclear no-space-dir
4554* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4555@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4556* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4557@end menu
4558
4559@node Abort
4560@section @code{.abort}
4561
4562@cindex @code{abort} directive
4563@cindex stopping the assembly
4564This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4565compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4566assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4567of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4568quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4569
4570@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4571@node ABORT (COFF)
4572@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4573
4574@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4575When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4576synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4577
4578@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4579When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4580but ignores it.
4581@end ifset
4582@end ifset
4583
4584@node Align
4585@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4586
4587@cindex padding the location counter
4588@cindex @code{align} directive
4589Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4590boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4591required, as described below.
4592
4593The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4594padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4595padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4596marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4597with no-op instructions.
4598
4599The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4600it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4601directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4602specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4603fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4604required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4605with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4606
4607The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4608For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4609s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4610alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4611the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4612is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4613first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4614
9e9a9798 4615For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4616strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4617number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4618advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4619counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4620multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4621
4622This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4623native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4624GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4625described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4626architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4627
ccf8a69b
BW
4628@node Altmacro
4629@section @code{.altmacro}
4630Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4631
4632@ftable @code
4633@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4634One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4635generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4636replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4637replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4638separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4639define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4640
4641@item String delimiters
4642You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4643@code{"@var{string}"}:
4644
4645@table @code
4646@item '@var{string}'
4647You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4648
4649@item <@var{string}>
4650You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4651@end table
4652
4653@item single-character string escape
4654To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4655character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4656character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4657write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4658
4659@item Expression results as strings
4660You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4661and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4662@end ftable
4663
252b5132
RH
4664@node Ascii
4665@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4666
4667@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4668@cindex string literals
4669@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4670separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4671trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4672
4673@node Asciz
4674@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4675
4676@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4677@cindex zero-terminated strings
4678@cindex null-terminated strings
4679@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4680a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4681
4682@node Balign
4683@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4684
4685@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4686@cindex @code{balign} directive
4687Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4688storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4689alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4690the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4691is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4692
4693The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4694padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4695padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4696marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4697with no-op instructions.
4698
4699The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4700it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4701directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4702specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4703fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4704required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4705with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4706
4707@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4708@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4709The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4710@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4711pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4712fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
47134,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4714filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4715the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4716undefined.
4717
fa94de6b 4718@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4719@section Bundle directives
4720@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4721@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4722@cindex bundle
4723@cindex instruction bundle
4724@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4725@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4726bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4727into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4728disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4729gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4730@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4731
4732For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4733certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4734instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4735@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4736chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4737effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4738instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4739that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4740end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4741starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4742instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4743
d3b47e2b 4744@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4745@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4746@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4747The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4748allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4749are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4750aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4751@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4752directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4753
4754@cindex bundle-locked
4755For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4756appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4757instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4758and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4759instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4760sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4761@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4762entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4763boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4764first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4765aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4766bundle size.
4767
d416e51d
RM
4768For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4769inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4770nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4771@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4772matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4773same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4774
252b5132
RH
4775@node Byte
4776@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4777
4778@cindex @code{byte} directive
4779@cindex integers, one byte
4780@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4781Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4782
54cfded0 4783@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4784@section CFI directives
4785@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4786@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4787@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4788should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4789If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4790if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4791To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4792directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4793
2f0c68f2
CM
4794On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4795by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4796
bd5608dc
NC
4797Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4798which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4799
4800The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4801arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4802generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4803redefine it will result in an error.
4804
d3b47e2b 4805@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4806@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4807@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4808should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4809data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4810@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4811
01642c12 4812Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4813it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4814
d3b47e2b 4815@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4816@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4817@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4818unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4819@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4820
d3b47e2b 4821@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4822@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4823@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4824@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4825should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4826argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4827a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4828the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4829can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4830The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4831no personality routine.
4832
2f0c68f2
CM
4833@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4834@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4835@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4836defined in a compact unwinding format.
4837Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4838with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4839
4840@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4841@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4842@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4843used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4844@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4845in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4846Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4847with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4848
d3b47e2b 4849@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4850@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4851@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4852should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4853argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4854or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4855meaning that no LSDA is present.
4856
4857@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4858@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4859switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4860Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4861Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4862with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4863
4864The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4865so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4866referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4867in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4868by a section directive.
4869
4870The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4871The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4872@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4873
d3b47e2b 4874@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4875@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4876address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4877
d3b47e2b 4878@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4879@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4880now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4881remains the same.
4882
d3b47e2b 4883@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4884@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4885remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4886absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4887CFA address.
4888
d3b47e2b 4889@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4890Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4891value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4892
d3b47e2b 4893@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4894Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4895CFA.
54cfded0 4896
084303b8
AK
4897@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4898Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4899
d3b47e2b 4900@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4901Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4902the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4903using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4904This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4905code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4906
d3b47e2b 4907@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4908Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4909
d3b47e2b 4910@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4911@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4912same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4913instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4914
d3b47e2b 4915@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4916From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4917
d3b47e2b 4918@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4919Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4920i.e. no restoration needed.
4921
48eac74c
MG
4922@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4923@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4924implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4925places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4926multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4927flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4928the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4929
4930@smallexample
4931 je label
4932 popq %rbx
4933 .cfi_restore %rbx
4934 popq %r12
4935 .cfi_restore %r12
4936 popq %rbp
4937 .cfi_restore %rbp
4938 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4939 ret
4940label:
4941 /* Do something else */
4942@end smallexample
4943
4944Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4945to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4946@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4947locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4948@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4949we can write:
4950
4951@smallexample
4952 je label
4953 popq %rbx
4954 .cfi_remember_state
4955 .cfi_restore %rbx
4956 popq %r12
4957 .cfi_restore %r12
4958 popq %rbp
4959 .cfi_restore %rbp
4960 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4961 ret
4962label:
4963 .cfi_restore_state
4964 /* Do something else */
4965@end smallexample
4966
4967That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4968as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4969@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4970
d3b47e2b 4971@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4972Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4973directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4974
d3b47e2b 4975@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4976Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4977
d3b47e2b 4978@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4979SPARC register window has been saved.
4980
d3b47e2b 4981@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4982Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4983might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4984opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4985
d3b47e2b 4986@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4987The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4988will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4989description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4990
4991The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4992limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4993mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4994by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4995or another register.
4996
ccf8a69b
BW
4997@node Comm
4998@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4999
ccf8a69b
BW
5000@cindex @code{comm} directive
5001@cindex symbol, common
5002@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
5003common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
5004of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
5005definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
5006allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
5007absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
5008the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
5009using the largest size.
07a53e5c 5010
c1711530
DK
5011@ifset COFF-ELF
5012When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 5013an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
5014specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
5015that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
5016as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 5017boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5018power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5019common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5020alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5021largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5022maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5023is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5024@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5025multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5026It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5027(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5028@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5029
ccf8a69b
BW
5030@ifset HPPA
5031The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5032@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5033@end ifset
07a53e5c 5034
252b5132
RH
5035@node Data
5036@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
5037
5038@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 5039@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5040end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5041absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5042to zero.
5043
5044@ifset COFF
5045@node Def
5046@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5047
5048@cindex @code{def} directive
5049@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5050@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5051Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5052definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
5053@ifset BOUT
5054
a4fb0134 5055This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
5056format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
5057but ignored.
5058@end ifset
5059@end ifset
5060
5061@ifset aout-bout
5062@node Desc
5063@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5064
5065@cindex @code{desc} directive
5066@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5067@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5068This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5069to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5070
5071@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5072The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5073configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5074object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5075it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5076@end ifset
5077@end ifset
5078
5079@ifset COFF
5080@node Dim
5081@section @code{.dim}
5082
5083@cindex @code{dim} directive
5084@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5085@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5086This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5087information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5088@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
5089@ifset BOUT
5090
5091@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5092@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5093ignores it.
5094@end ifset
5095@end ifset
5096
5097@node Double
5098@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5099
5100@cindex @code{double} directive
5101@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5102@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5103assembles floating point numbers.
5104@ifset GENERIC
5105The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5106@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5107@end ifset
5108@ifclear GENERIC
5109@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5110On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5111in @sc{ieee} format.
5112@end ifset
5113@end ifclear
5114
5115@node Eject
5116@section @code{.eject}
5117
5118@cindex @code{eject} directive
5119@cindex new page, in listings
5120@cindex page, in listings
5121@cindex listing control: new page
5122Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5123
5124@node Else
5125@section @code{.else}
5126
5127@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5128@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5129assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5130of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5131was false.
5132
3fd9f047
TW
5133@node Elseif
5134@section @code{.elseif}
5135
5136@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5137@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5138assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5139@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5140
252b5132
RH
5141@node End
5142@section @code{.end}
5143
5144@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5145@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5146process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5147
5148@ifset COFF
5149@node Endef
5150@section @code{.endef}
5151
5152@cindex @code{endef} directive
5153This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5154@code{.def}.
5155@ifset BOUT
5156
5157@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5158@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5159directive but ignores it.
5160@end ifset
5161@end ifset
5162
5163@node Endfunc
5164@section @code{.endfunc}
5165@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5166@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5167
5168@node Endif
5169@section @code{.endif}
5170
5171@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5172@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5173it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5174conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5175
5176@node Equ
5177@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5178
5179@cindex @code{equ} directive
5180@cindex assigning values to symbols
5181@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5182This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5183It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5184
5185@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5186The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5187@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5188@end ifset
5189
3c9b82ba 5190@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5191The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5192@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5193On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5194but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5195Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5196@end ifset
5197
252b5132
RH
5198@node Equiv
5199@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5200@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5201The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5202the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5203symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5204undefined.
252b5132 5205
01642c12 5206Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5207@smallexample
5208.ifdef SYM
5209.err
5210.endif
5211.equ SYM,VAL
5212@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5213plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5214
5215@node Eqv
5216@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5217@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5218The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5219evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5220the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5221value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5222
5223@node Err
5224@section @code{.err}
5225@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5226If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5227message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5228object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5229
d190d046
HPN
5230@node Error
5231@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5232@cindex error directive
5233
5234Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5235string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5236message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5237@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5238
5239@smallexample
5240 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5241@end smallexample
5242
252b5132
RH
5243@node Exitm
5244@section @code{.exitm}
5245Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5246
5247@node Extern
5248@section @code{.extern}
5249
5250@cindex @code{extern} directive
5251@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5252with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5253all undefined symbols as external.
5254
5255@node Fail
5256@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5257
5258@cindex @code{fail} directive
5259Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5260or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5261than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5262include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5263complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5264
252b5132 5265@node File
14082c76 5266@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5267@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5268
5269@ifclear no-file-dir
5270There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5271that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5272@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5273
5274@subheading Default Version
5275
252b5132
RH
5276@cindex logical file name
5277@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5278This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5279are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5280
5281@smallexample
5282.file @var{string}
5283@end smallexample
5284
5285@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5286recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5287to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5288statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5289old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5290
5291@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5292@end ifclear
5293
14082c76
BW
5294When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5295to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5296
5297@smallexample
5298.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5299@end smallexample
5300
5301The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5302index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5303literal.
5304
5305The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5306table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5307information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5308entries will have.
5309
252b5132
RH
5310@node Fill
5311@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5312
5313@cindex @code{fill} directive
5314@cindex writing patterns in memory
5315@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5316@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5317This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5318may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5319more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5320other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5321is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5322zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5323byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5324Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5325@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5326compatible with other people's assemblers.
5327
5328@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5329If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5330assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5331@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5332
5333@node Float
5334@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5335
5336@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5337@cindex @code{float} directive
5338This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5339has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5340@ifset GENERIC
5341The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5342@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5343@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5344@end ifset
5345@ifclear GENERIC
5346@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5347On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5348in @sc{ieee} format.
5349@end ifset
5350@end ifclear
5351
5352@node Func
5353@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5354@cindex @code{func} directive
5355@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5356is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5357Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5358@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5359prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5360@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5361All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5362The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5363
5364@node Global
5365@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5366
5367@cindex @code{global} directive
5368@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5369@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5370@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5371other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5372@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5373from another file linked into the same program.
5374
5375Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5376compatibility with other assemblers.
5377
5378@ifset HPPA
5379On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5380partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5381@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5382@end ifset
5383
c91d2e08 5384@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5385@node Gnu_attribute
5386@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5387Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5388
c91d2e08
NC
5389@node Hidden
5390@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5391
c1253627
NC
5392@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5393@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5394This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5395@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5396@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5397
5398This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5399their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5400@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5401Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5402@end ifset
5403
252b5132
RH
5404@node hword
5405@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5406
5407@cindex @code{hword} directive
5408@cindex integers, 16-bit
5409@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5410@cindex sixteen bit integers
5411This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5412a 16 bit number for each.
5413
5414@ifset GENERIC
5415This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5416architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5417@end ifset
5418@ifclear GENERIC
5419@ifset W32
5420This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5421@end ifset
5422@ifset W16
5423This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5424@end ifset
5425@end ifclear
5426
5427@node Ident
5428@section @code{.ident}
5429
5430@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5431
5432This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5433behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5434a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5435source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5436for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5437@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5438emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5439
5440@node If
5441@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5442
5443@cindex conditional assembly
5444@cindex @code{if} directive
5445@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5446considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5447(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5448the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5449(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5450alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5451If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5452nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5453
5454The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5455@table @code
5456@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5457@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5458Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5459has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5460is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5461
26aca5f6
JB
5462@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5463@item .ifb @var{text}
5464Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5465
252b5132
RH
5466@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5467@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5468Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5469strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5470the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5471end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5472string comparison is case sensitive.
5473
5474@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5475@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5476Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5477
5478@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5479@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5480Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5481
5482@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5483@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5484Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5485equal to zero.
5486
5487@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5488@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5489Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5490
5491@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5492@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5493Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5494to zero.
5495
5496@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5497@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5498Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5499
26aca5f6
JB
5500@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5501@item .ifnb @var{text}
5502Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5503following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5504
252b5132
RH
5505@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5506@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5507Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5508following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5509
5510@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5511@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5512@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5513@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5514Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5515has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5516which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5517
5518@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5519@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5520Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5521(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5522
5523@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5524@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5525Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5526following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5527@end table
5528
7e005732
NC
5529@node Incbin
5530@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5531
5532@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5533@cindex binary files, including
5534The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5535location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5536option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5537around @var{file}.
5538
5539The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5540@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5541read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5542responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5543after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5544
252b5132
RH
5545@node Include
5546@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5547
5548@cindex @code{include} directive
5549@cindex supporting files, including
5550@cindex files, including
5551This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5552points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5553if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5554included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5555can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5556(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5557around @var{file}.
5558
5559@node Int
5560@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5561
5562@cindex @code{int} directive
5563@cindex integers, 32-bit
5564Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5565For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5566expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5567of target the assembly is for.
5568
5569@ifclear GENERIC
5570@ifset H8
7be1c489 5571On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5572integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
557332-bit integers.
5574@end ifset
5575@end ifclear
5576
c91d2e08
NC
5577@ifset ELF
5578@node Internal
5579@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5580
c1253627
NC
5581@cindex @code{internal} directive
5582@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5583This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5584@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5585@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5586
5587This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5588their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5589@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5590(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5591processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5592@end ifset
5593
252b5132
RH
5594@node Irp
5595@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5596
5597@cindex @code{irp} directive
5598Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5599The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5600terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5601set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5602@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5603@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5604sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5605
5606For example, assembling
5607
5608@example
5609 .irp param,1,2,3
5610 move d\param,sp@@-
5611 .endr
5612@end example
5613
5614is equivalent to assembling
5615
5616@example
5617 move d1,sp@@-
5618 move d2,sp@@-
5619 move d3,sp@@-
5620@end example
5621
96e9638b 5622For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5623
252b5132
RH
5624@node Irpc
5625@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5626
5627@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5628Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5629The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5630terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5631@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5632assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5633assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5634@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5635
5636For example, assembling
5637
5638@example
5639 .irpc param,123
5640 move d\param,sp@@-
5641 .endr
5642@end example
5643
5644is equivalent to assembling
5645
5646@example
5647 move d1,sp@@-
5648 move d2,sp@@-
5649 move d3,sp@@-
5650@end example
5651
5e75c3ab
JB
5652For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5653at @xref{Macro}.
5654
252b5132
RH
5655@node Lcomm
5656@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5657
5658@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5659@cindex local common symbols
5660@cindex symbols, local common
5661Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5662denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5663those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5664section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5665is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5666not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5667
5668@ifset GENERIC
5669Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5670argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5671@end ifset
5672
5673@ifset HPPA
5674The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5675@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5676@end ifset
5677
5678@node Lflags
5679@section @code{.lflags}
5680
5681@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5682@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5683assemblers, but ignores it.
5684
5685@ifclear no-line-dir
5686@node Line
5687@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5688
5689@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5690@cindex logical line number
5691@ifset aout-bout
5692Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5693expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5694statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5695reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5696@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5697for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5698@end ifset
5699
252b5132 5700Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5701@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5702when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5703were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5704@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5705
5706Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5707used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5708debugging.
5709@end ifclear
5710
5711@node Linkonce
5712@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5713@cindex COMDAT
5714@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5715@cindex common sections
5716Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5717This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5718but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5719The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5720Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5721unique.
5722
5723This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5724writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5725Executable format used on Windows NT.
5726
5727The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5728following strings. For example:
5729@smallexample
5730.linkonce same_size
5731@end smallexample
5732Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5733
5734@table @code
5735@item discard
5736Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5737
5738@item one_only
5739Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5740
5741@item same_size
5742Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5743
5744@item same_contents
5745Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5746@end table
5747
ccf8a69b
BW
5748@node List
5749@section @code{.list}
5750
5751@cindex @code{list} directive
5752@cindex listing control, turning on
5753Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5754not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5755internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5756counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5757generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5758
5759By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5760@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5761the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5762
252b5132
RH
5763@node Ln
5764@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5765
5766@cindex @code{ln} directive
5767@ifclear no-line-dir
5768@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5769@end ifclear
5770@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5771Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5772must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5773line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5774statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5775line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5776@ifset BOUT
5777
a4fb0134 5778This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5779configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5780output format.
5781@end ifset
5782@end ifset
5783
ccf8a69b
BW
5784@node Loc
5785@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5786@cindex @code{loc} directive
5787When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5788the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5789number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5790instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5791arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5792the row is added.
252b5132 5793
ccf8a69b
BW
5794The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5795
5796@table @code
5797@item basic_block
5798This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5799@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5800
5801@item prologue_end
5802This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5803@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5804
5805@item epilogue_begin
5806This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5807@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5808
5809@item is_stmt @var{value}
5810This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5811@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5812either 0 or 1.
5813
5814@item isa @var{value}
5815This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5816state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5817
92846e72
CC
5818@item discriminator @var{value}
5819This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5820state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5821
ccf8a69b
BW
5822@end table
5823
5824@node Loc_mark_labels
5825@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5826@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5827When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5828the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5829to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5830register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5831The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5832this function respectively.
252b5132 5833
4d4175af
BW
5834@ifset ELF
5835@node Local
5836@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5837
5838@cindex @code{local} directive
5839This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5840the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5841will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5842they will be created.
5843
5844For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5845accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5846the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5847(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5848@end ifset
5849
252b5132
RH
5850@node Long
5851@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5852
5853@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5854@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5855
5856@ignore
5857@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5858@c what it really ought to do
5859@node Lsym
5860@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5861
5862@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5863@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5864@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5865the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5866rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5867the same as the expression value:
5868@smallexample
5869@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5870@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5871@var{value} = @var{expression}
5872@end smallexample
5873@noindent
5874The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5875@end ignore
5876
5877@node Macro
5878@section @code{.macro}
5879
5880@cindex macros
5881The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5882generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5883@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5884
5885@example
5886 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5887 .long \from
5888 .if \to-\from
5889 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5890 .endif
5891 .endm
5892@end example
5893
5894@noindent
5895With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5896
5897@example
5898 .long 0
5899 .long 1
5900 .long 2
5901 .long 3
5902 .long 4
5903 .long 5
5904@end example
5905
5906@ftable @code
5907@item .macro @var{macname}
5908@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5909@cindex @code{macro} directive
5910Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5911definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5912separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5913indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5914@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5915(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5916macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5917cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5918subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5919definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5920
5921@table @code
5922@item .macro comm
5923Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5924arguments.
5925
6258339f 5926@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5927@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5928Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5929which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5930@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5931
5932@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5933Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5934arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5935After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5936@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5937@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5938,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5939@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5940
6eaeac8a
JB
5941@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5942Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5943arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5944not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5945will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5946
252b5132
RH
5947When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5948position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5949@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5950
6258339f
NC
5951@end table
5952
5e75c3ab
JB
5953Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5954as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5955occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5956characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5957(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5958architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5959character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5960replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5961construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5962identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5963this macro definition:
5964
5965@example
5966 .macro label l
5967\l:
5968 .endm
5969@end example
5970
5971might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5972called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5973assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5974identifier.
5975
5976Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5977which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5978for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5979length specifier like this:
5980
5981@example
5982 .macro opcode base length
5983 \base.\length
5984 .endm
5985@end example
5986
5987and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5988instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5989interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5990
5991There are several possible ways around this problem:
5992
5993@table @code
5994@item Insert white space
5995If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5996solution. eg:
5997
5998@example
5999 .macro label l
6000\l :
6001 .endm
6002@end example
6003
6004@item Use @samp{\()}
6005The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6006the following text. eg:
6007
6008@example
6009 .macro opcode base length
6010 \base\().\length
6011 .endm
6012@end example
6013
6014@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6015In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6016used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6017
6018@example
6019 .altmacro
6020 .macro label l
6021l&:
6022 .endm
6023@end example
6258339f 6024@end table
5e75c3ab 6025
96e9638b 6026Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6027also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6028and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6029
252b5132
RH
6030@item .endm
6031@cindex @code{endm} directive
6032Mark the end of a macro definition.
6033
6034@item .exitm
6035@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6036Exit early from the current macro definition.
6037
6038@cindex number of macros executed
6039@cindex macros, count executed
6040@item \@@
a4fb0134 6041@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6042executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6043output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6044
252b5132
RH
6045@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6046@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6047macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6048@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6049@end ftable
252b5132 6050
ccf8a69b
BW
6051@node MRI
6052@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6053
ccf8a69b
BW
6054@cindex @code{mri} directive
6055@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6056If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6057@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6058affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6059of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6060
caa32fe5
NC
6061@node Noaltmacro
6062@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6063Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6064
252b5132
RH
6065@node Nolist
6066@section @code{.nolist}
6067
6068@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6069@cindex listing control, turning off
6070Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6071not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6072internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6073counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6074generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6075
6076@node Octa
6077@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6078
6079@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
6080@cindex @code{octa} directive
6081@cindex integer, 16-byte
6082@cindex sixteen byte integer
6083This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6084bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6085
6086The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6087hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6088
9aec2026
NC
6089@node Offset
6090@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6091
6092@cindex @code{offset} directive
6093Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6094be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6095symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6096directive.
9aec2026 6097
252b5132
RH
6098@node Org
6099@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6100
6101@cindex @code{org} directive
6102@cindex location counter, advancing
6103@cindex advancing location counter
6104@cindex current address, advancing
6105Advance the location counter of the current section to
6106@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6107expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6108you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6109wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6110with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6111@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6112is the same as the current subsection.
6113
6114@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6115unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6116backwards.
6117
6118@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6119@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6120@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6121Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6122may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6123a chance to share your improved assembler.
6124
6125Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6126to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6127people's assemblers.
6128
6129When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6130intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6131absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6132@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6133
6134@node P2align
6135@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6136
6137@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6138@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6139Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6140storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6141number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6142advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6143counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6144multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6145
6146The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6147padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
6148padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
6149marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6150with no-op instructions.
6151
6152The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6153it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6154directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6155specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6156fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6157required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6158with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6159
6160@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6161@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6162The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6163@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6164pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6165fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61662,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6167filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6168the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6169undefined.
6170
ccf8a69b
BW
6171@ifset ELF
6172@node PopSection
6173@section @code{.popsection}
6174
6175@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6176@cindex Section Stack
6177This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6178@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6179@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6180(@pxref{Previous}).
6181
6182This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6183section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6184stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6185@end ifset
6186
c91d2e08
NC
6187@ifset ELF
6188@node Previous
6189@section @code{.previous}
6190
c1253627 6191@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6192@cindex Section Stack
6193This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6194@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6195@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6196(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6197
6198This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6199referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6200@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6201subsections). For example:
6202
6203@smallexample
6204.section A
6205 .subsection 1
6206 .word 0x1234
6207 .subsection 2
6208 .word 0x5678
6209.previous
6210 .word 0x9abc
6211@end smallexample
6212
6213Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6214section A. Whilst:
6215
6216@smallexample
6217.section A
6218.subsection 1
6219 # Now in section A subsection 1
6220 .word 0x1234
6221.section B
6222.subsection 0
6223 # Now in section B subsection 0
6224 .word 0x5678
6225.subsection 1
6226 # Now in section B subsection 1
6227 .word 0x9abc
6228.previous
6229 # Now in section B subsection 0
6230 .word 0xdef0
6231@end smallexample
6232
6233Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6234section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6235
6236In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6237the top section on the section stack.
6238@end ifset
6239
252b5132
RH
6240@node Print
6241@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6242
6243@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6244@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6245assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6246
c91d2e08
NC
6247@ifset ELF
6248@node Protected
6249@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6250
c1253627
NC
6251@cindex @code{protected} directive
6252@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6253This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6254@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6255
6256This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6257their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6258@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6259components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6260component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6261this.
c91d2e08
NC
6262@end ifset
6263
252b5132
RH
6264@node Psize
6265@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6266
6267@cindex @code{psize} directive
6268@cindex listing control: paper size
6269@cindex paper size, for listings
6270Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6271number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6272
6273If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6274of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6275default width is 200 columns.
6276
a4fb0134 6277@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6278lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6279@code{.eject}).
6280
6281If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6282those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6283
6284@node Purgem
6285@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6286
6287@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6288Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6289expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6290
c91d2e08
NC
6291@ifset ELF
6292@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6293@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6294
c1253627 6295@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6296@cindex Section Stack
6297This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6298@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6299@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6300(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6301
e9863d7f
DJ
6302This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6303top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6304subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6305@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6306as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6307@end ifset
6308
252b5132
RH
6309@node Quad
6310@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6311
6312@cindex @code{quad} directive
6313@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6314each bignum, it emits
6315@ifclear bignum-16
6316an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6317warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6318@cindex eight-byte integer
6319@cindex integer, 8-byte
6320
6321The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6322hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6323@end ifclear
6324@ifset bignum-16
6325a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6326warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6327@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6328@cindex integer, 16-byte
6329@end ifset
6330
05e9452c
AM
6331@node Reloc
6332@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6333
6334@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6335Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6336@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6337the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6338symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6339@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6340absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6341targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6342relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6343section.
6344
252b5132
RH
6345@node Rept
6346@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6347
6348@cindex @code{rept} directive
6349Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6350@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6351
6352For example, assembling
6353
6354@example
6355 .rept 3
6356 .long 0
6357 .endr
6358@end example
6359
6360is equivalent to assembling
6361
6362@example
6363 .long 0
6364 .long 0
6365 .long 0
6366@end example
6367
6368@node Sbttl
6369@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6370
6371@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6372@cindex subtitles for listings
6373@cindex listing control: subtitle
6374Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6375title line) when generating assembly listings.
6376
6377This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6378it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6379
6380@ifset COFF
6381@node Scl
6382@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6383
6384@cindex @code{scl} directive
6385@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6386@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6387Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6388used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6389whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6390symbolic debugging information.
6391@ifset BOUT
6392
6393The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6394configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6395accepts this directive but ignores it.
6396@end ifset
6397@end ifset
6398
c1253627 6399@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6400@node Section
c1253627 6401@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6402
252b5132
RH
6403@cindex named section
6404Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6405named @var{name}.
6406
6407This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6408named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6409with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6410
c1253627
NC
6411@ifset COFF
6412@ifset ELF
6413@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6414@subheading COFF Version
6415@end ifset
6416
6417@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6418For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6419ways:
c91d2e08 6420
252b5132
RH
6421@smallexample
6422.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6423.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6424@end smallexample
6425
6426If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6427section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6428
252b5132
RH
6429@table @code
6430@item b
6431bss section (uninitialized data)
6432@item n
6433section is not loaded
6434@item w
6435writable section
6436@item d
6437data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6438@item e
6439exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6440@item r
6441read-only section
6442@item x
6443executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6444@item s
6445shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6446@item a
6447ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6448@item y
6449section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6450@item 0-9
6451single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6452@end table
6453
6454If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6455the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6456loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6457from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6458will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6459
6460If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6461taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6462@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6463
6464@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6465@ifset COFF
6466@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6467@subheading ELF Version
6468@end ifset
6469
c91d2e08
NC
6470@cindex Section Stack
6471This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6472@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6473(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6474@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6475
c1253627 6476@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6477For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6478
252b5132 6479@smallexample
7047dd1e 6480.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6481@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6482
451133ce
NP
6483@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6484@kindex --sectname-subst
6485@cindex section name substitution
6486If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6487argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6488at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6489
6490@smallexample
6491.macro exception_code
6492.section %S.exception
6493[exception code here]
6494.previous
6495.endm
6496
6497.text
6498[code]
6499exception_code
6500[...]
6501
6502.section .init
6503[init code]
6504exception_code
6505[...]
6506@end smallexample
6507
6508The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6509@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6510This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6511tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6512need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6513macros just for that purpose.
6514
252b5132 6515The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6516combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6517
252b5132
RH
6518@table @code
6519@item a
6520section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6521@item e
6522section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6523@item w
6524section is writable
6525@item x
6526section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6527@item M
6528section is mergeable
6529@item S
6530section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6531@item G
6532section is a member of a section group
6533@item T
6534section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6535@item ?
6536section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6537@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6538a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6539field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6540also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6541resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6542@item @code{<target specific>}
6543some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6544@end table
6545
9fb71ee4
NC
6546Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6547a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6548flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6549@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6550(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6551section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6552
252b5132 6553The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6554
252b5132
RH
6555@table @code
6556@item @@progbits
6557section contains data
6558@item @@nobits
6559section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6560@item @@note
6561section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6562@item @@init_array
6563section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6564@item @@fini_array
6565section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6566@item @@preinit_array
6567section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6568@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6569a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6570@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6571some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6572@end table
6573
9fb71ee4
NC
6574Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6575enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6576
ececec60
NC
6577Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6578ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6579@code{%} character.
6580
9fb71ee4
NC
6581Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6582special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6583type will generate an error from the assembler.
6584
22fe14ad 6585If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6586be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6587
6588@smallexample
6589.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6590@end smallexample
6591
6592Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6593constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6594@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6595@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6596the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6597absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6598which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6599@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6600@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6601
6602If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6603be present along with an additional field like this:
6604
6605@smallexample
6606.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6607@end smallexample
6608
6609The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6610particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6611
22fe14ad
NC
6612@table @code
6613@item comdat
6614indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6615@item .gnu.linkonce
6616an alias for comdat
6617@end table
6618
96e9638b 6619Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6620the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6621
6622@smallexample
6623.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6624@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6625
01642c12
RM
6626If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6627@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6628present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6629this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6630@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6631If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6632
252b5132
RH
6633If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6634the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6635none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6636executable. The section will contain data.
6637
6638For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6639directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6640
252b5132
RH
6641@smallexample
6642.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6643@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6644
252b5132
RH
6645Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6646separated flags:
eda683bb 6647
252b5132
RH
6648@table @code
6649@item #alloc
6650section is allocatable
6651@item #write
6652section is writable
6653@item #execinstr
6654section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6655@item #exclude
6656section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6657@item #tls
6658section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6659@end table
c91d2e08 6660
e9863d7f
DJ
6661This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6662contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6663some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6664work.
c1253627
NC
6665@end ifset
6666@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6667
6668@node Set
6669@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6670
6671@cindex @code{set} directive
6672@cindex symbol value, setting
6673Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6674changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6675@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6676flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6677
5d239759
NC
6678You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6679values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6680involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6681being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6682addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6683final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6684the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6685different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6686
6687If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6688file is the last value stored into it.
6689
3c9b82ba
NC
6690@ifset Z80
6691On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6692@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6693@end ifset
6694
252b5132
RH
6695@node Short
6696@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6697
6698@cindex @code{short} directive
6699@ifset GENERIC
6700@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6701@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6702
6703In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6704numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6705@end ifset
6706@ifclear GENERIC
6707@ifset W16
6708@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6709@end ifset
6710@ifset W32
6711This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6712a 16 bit number for each.
6713@end ifset
6714@end ifclear
6715
6716@node Single
6717@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6718
6719@cindex @code{single} directive
6720@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6721This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6722has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6723@ifset GENERIC
6724The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6725@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6726@end ifset
6727@ifclear GENERIC
6728@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6729On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6730numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6731@end ifset
6732@end ifclear
6733
c1253627 6734@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6735@node Size
c1253627 6736@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6737
c1253627
NC
6738This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6739
6740@ifset COFF
6741@ifset ELF
6742@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6743@subheading COFF Version
6744@end ifset
6745
6746@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6747For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6748@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6749
6750@smallexample
6751.size @var{expression}
6752@end smallexample
252b5132 6753
c91d2e08 6754@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6755@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6756@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6757ignores it.
6758@end ifset
c1253627 6759@end ifset
c91d2e08 6760
c1253627
NC
6761@ifset ELF
6762@ifset COFF
6763@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6764@subheading ELF Version
6765@end ifset
6766
6767@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6768For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6769
c1253627
NC
6770@smallexample
6771.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6772@end smallexample
6773
6774This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6775The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6776arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6777symbols.
c1253627
NC
6778@end ifset
6779@end ifset
252b5132 6780
252b5132
RH
6781@ifclear no-space-dir
6782@node Skip
6783@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6784
6785@cindex @code{skip} directive
6786@cindex filling memory
6787This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6788@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6789@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6790@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6791@end ifclear
252b5132 6792
ccf8a69b
BW
6793@node Sleb128
6794@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6795
6796@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6797@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6798compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6799symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6800
884f0d36 6801@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6802@node Space
6803@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6804
6805@cindex @code{space} directive
6806@cindex filling memory
6807This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6808@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6809and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6810as @samp{.skip}.
6811
6812@ifset HPPA
6813@quotation
6814@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6815targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6816Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6817@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6818for a summary.
6819@end quotation
6820@end ifset
6821@end ifclear
6822
252b5132
RH
6823@ifset have-stabs
6824@node Stab
6825@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6826
6827@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6828@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6829There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6830All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6831The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6832cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6833Up to five fields are required:
6834
6835@table @var
6836@item string
6837This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6838@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6839debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6840using this field.
6841
6842@item type
6843An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6844this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6845and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6846
6847@item other
6848An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6849low 8 bits of this expression.
6850
6851@item desc
6852An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6853bits of this expression.
6854
6855@item value
6856An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6857@end table
6858
6859If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6860or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6861you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6862compatible with earlier assemblers!
6863
6864@table @code
6865@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6866@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6867
6868The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6869It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6870null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6871strings.
6872
6873The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6874relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6875is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6876assembled.
6877
6878@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6879@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6880The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6881
6882@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6883@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6884All five fields are specified.
6885@end table
6886@end ifset
6887@c end have-stabs
6888
6889@node String
38a57ae7 6890@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6891"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6892
6893@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6894@cindex string8, copying to object file
6895@cindex string16, copying to object file
6896@cindex string32, copying to object file
6897@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6898@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6899@cindex @code{string8} directive
6900@cindex @code{string16} directive
6901@cindex @code{string32} directive
6902@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6903
6904Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6905one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6906particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6907You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6908
01642c12 6909The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6910the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6911copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6912are stored in target endianness byte order.
6913
6914Example:
6915@smallexample
6916 .string32 "BYE"
6917expands to:
6918 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6919 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6920@end smallexample
6921
6922
252b5132
RH
6923@node Struct
6924@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6925
6926@cindex @code{struct} directive
6927Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6928which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6929@smallexample
6930 .struct 0
6931field1:
6932 .struct field1 + 4
6933field2:
6934 .struct field2 + 4
6935field3:
6936@end smallexample
6937This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6938@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6939value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6940use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6941before further assembly.
6942
c91d2e08
NC
6943@ifset ELF
6944@node SubSection
6945@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6946
c1253627 6947@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6948@cindex Section Stack
6949This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6950@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6951@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6952(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6953
6954This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6955section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6956in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6957@end ifset
6958
252b5132
RH
6959@ifset ELF
6960@node Symver
6961@section @code{.symver}
6962@cindex @code{symver} directive
6963@cindex symbol versioning
6964@cindex versions of symbols
6965Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6966within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6967typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6968There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6969into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6970shared library.
6971
79082ff0 6972For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6973@smallexample
6974.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6975@end smallexample
339681c0 6976If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6977being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6978alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6979just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6980permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6981of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6982itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6983have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6984file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6985function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6986the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6987building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6988symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6989nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6990
6991If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6992references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6993reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6994symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6995
6996Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6997@smallexample
6998.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6999@end smallexample
7000In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7001the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7002difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7003references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7004
7005The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7006@smallexample
7007.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7008@end smallexample
7009When @var{name} is not defined within the
7010file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7011@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7012name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7013@end ifset
7014
7015@ifset COFF
7016@node Tag
7017@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7018
7019@cindex COFF structure debugging
7020@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7021@cindex @code{tag} directive
7022This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7023information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7024@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7025definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
7026@ifset BOUT
7027
7028@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7029@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
7030ignores it.
7031@end ifset
7032@end ifset
7033
7034@node Text
7035@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7036
7037@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7038Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7039the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7040expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7041is used.
7042
7043@node Title
7044@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7045
7046@cindex @code{title} directive
7047@cindex listing control: title line
7048Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7049source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7050
7051This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7052it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7053
c1253627 7054@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7055@node Type
c1253627
NC
7056@section @code{.type}
7057
7058This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7059
7060@ifset COFF
7061@ifset ELF
7062@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7063@subheading COFF Version
7064@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7065
7066@cindex COFF symbol type
7067@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7068@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7069For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7070@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7071
7072@smallexample
7073.type @var{int}
7074@end smallexample
7075
7076This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7077entry.
252b5132 7078
c91d2e08 7079@ifset BOUT
252b5132 7080@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 7081@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
7082directive but ignores it.
7083@end ifset
c1253627 7084@end ifset
c91d2e08 7085
c1253627
NC
7086@ifset ELF
7087@ifset COFF
7088@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7089@subheading ELF Version
7090@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7091
7092@cindex ELF symbol type
7093@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7094@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7095For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7096
7097@smallexample
7098.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7099@end smallexample
7100
7101This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7102function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7103supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7104compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7105
7106Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7107@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7108below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7109the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7110maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7111assemblers.
7112
7113The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7114
7115@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7116 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7117 .type <name>,#<type>
7118 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7119 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7120 .type <name>,"<type>"
7121@end smallexample
7122
7123The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7124
5671778d
NC
7125@table @gcctabopt
7126@item STT_FUNC
7127@itemx function
7128Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7129
d8045f23
NC
7130@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7131@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7132Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7133processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7134
5671778d
NC
7135@item STT_OBJECT
7136@itemx object
7137Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7138
7139@item STT_TLS
7140@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7141Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7142
7143@item STT_COMMON
7144@itemx common
7145Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7146
7147@item STT_NOTYPE
7148@itemx notype
7149Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7150
3e7a7d11
NC
7151@item gnu_unique_object
7152Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7153will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7154name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7155systems).
3e7a7d11 7156
5671778d
NC
7157@end table
7158
7159Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7160
c1253627
NC
7161@end ifset
7162@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7163
7164@node Uleb128
7165@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7166
7167@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7168@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7169compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7170symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7171
7172@ifset COFF
7173@node Val
7174@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7175
7176@cindex @code{val} directive
7177@cindex COFF value attribute
7178@cindex value attribute, COFF
7179This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7180records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7181entry.
7182@ifset BOUT
7183
a4fb0134 7184@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7185configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7186@end ifset
7187@end ifset
7188
2e13b764 7189@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7190@node Version
7191@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7192
c1253627 7193@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7194This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7195formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7196@end ifset
2e13b764 7197
c91d2e08
NC
7198@ifset ELF
7199@node VTableEntry
7200@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7201
653cfe85 7202@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7203This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7204@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7205
c91d2e08
NC
7206@node VTableInherit
7207@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7208
653cfe85 7209@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7210This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7211@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7212parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7213parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7214@end ifset
2e13b764 7215
d190d046
HPN
7216@node Warning
7217@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7218@cindex warning directive
7219Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7220(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7221
c91d2e08
NC
7222@node Weak
7223@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7224
c1253627 7225@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7226This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7227@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7228
01642c12 7229On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7230directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7231@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7232
977cdf5a 7233On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7234When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7235alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7236
06e77878
AO
7237@node Weakref
7238@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7239
7240@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7241This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7242be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7243If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7244will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7245symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7246
7247The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7248assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7249symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7250resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7251had the references to the alias removed.
7252
7253The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7254within the assembler.
7255
252b5132
RH
7256@node Word
7257@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7258
7259@cindex @code{word} directive
7260This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7261separated by commas.
7262@ifclear GENERIC
7263@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7264For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7265@end ifset
7266@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7267For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7268@end ifset
7269@end ifclear
7270@ifset GENERIC
7271
7272The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7273depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7274@end ifset
7275
7276@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7277@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7278@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7279@cindex difference tables altered
7280@cindex altered difference tables
7281@quotation
7282@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7283@end quotation
7284
7285@ifset GENERIC
7286Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7287addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7288interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7289@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7290
7291@end ifset
7292In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7293@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7294Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7295compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7296directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7297@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7298creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7299This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7300first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7301of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7302table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7303contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7304@code{sym2}.
7305
7306If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7307secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7308@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7309long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7310and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7311minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7312entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7313
7314@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7315@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7316@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7317assembly language programmers.
7318@end ifset
7319@end ifset
7320@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7321
7ce98c16
NC
7322@ifclear no-space-dir
7323@node Zero
7324@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7325
7326@cindex @code{zero} directive
7327@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7328This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7329expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7330so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7331instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7332@end ifclear
7333
252b5132
RH
7334@node Deprecated
7335@section Deprecated Directives
7336
7337@cindex deprecated directives
7338@cindex obsolescent directives
7339One day these directives won't work.
7340They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7341@table @t
7342@item .abort
7343@item .line
7344@end table
7345
3a99f02f
DJ
7346@ifset ELF
7347@node Object Attributes
7348@chapter Object Attributes
7349@cindex object attributes
7350
7351@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7352into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7353Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7354point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7355requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7356passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7357hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7358generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7359newer generation at run-time.
7360
7361This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7362@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7363time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7364correctly.
7365
7366Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7367attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7368string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7369and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7370or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7371attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7372
7373Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7374The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7375
7376@menu
7377* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7378* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7379@end menu
7380
7381@node GNU Object Attributes
7382@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7383
7384The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7385with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7386
7387Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7388its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7389an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73902} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7391architecture-dependent ones.
7392
7393@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7394
7395These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7396
7397@table @r
7398@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7399The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7400the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7401then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7402than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7403arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7404@end table
7405
7406@subsection MIPS Attributes
7407
7408@table @r
7409@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7410The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7411
7412@itemize @bullet
7413@item
74140 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7415@item
f179c512
MF
74161 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7417double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7418@item
74192 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7420@item
74213 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7422@item
f179c512
MF
74234 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7424floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7425number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7426@item
74275 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7428with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7429general-purpose registers.
7430@item
74316 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7432registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7433@item
74347 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7435registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7436direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7437@end itemize
7438@end table
7439
7440@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7441
7442@table @r
7443@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7444The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7445
7446@itemize @bullet
7447@item
74480 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7449@item
3c7b9897 74501 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7451@item
74522 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7453@item
74543 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7455@end itemize
7456
7457@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7458The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7459
7460@itemize @bullet
7461@item
74620 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7463@item
74641 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7465@item
74662 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7467@item
74683 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7469@end itemize
7470@end table
7471
643f7afb
AK
7472@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7473
7474@table @r
7475@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7476The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7477
7478@itemize @bullet
7479@item
74800 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7481@item
74821 for files using software vector ABI.
7483@item
74842 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7485@end itemize
7486@end table
7487
3a99f02f
DJ
7488@node Defining New Object Attributes
7489@section Defining New Object Attributes
7490
7491If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7492will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7493mailing list.
7494
7495@itemize @bullet
7496@item
7497This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7498@item
7499The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7500@item
7501The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7502and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7503@item
7504Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7505@item
7506@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7507@item
7508GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7509@end itemize
7510
7511@end ifset
7512
252b5132
RH
7513@ifset GENERIC
7514@node Machine Dependencies
7515@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7516
7517@cindex machine dependencies
7518The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7519each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7520vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7521directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7522assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7523@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7524optimization.
7525
7526This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7527include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7528subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7529
7530@menu
a06ea964
NC
7531@ifset AARCH64
7532* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7533@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7534@ifset ALPHA
7535* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7536@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7537@ifset ARC
7538* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7539@end ifset
7540@ifset ARM
7541* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7542@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7543@ifset AVR
7544* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7545@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7546@ifset Blackfin
7547* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7548@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7549@ifset CR16
7550* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7551@end ifset
8bf549a8 7552@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7553* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7554@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7555@ifset D10V
7556* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7557@end ifset
7558@ifset D30V
7559* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7560@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7561@ifset EPIPHANY
7562* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7563@end ifset
252b5132 7564@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7565* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7566@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7567@ifset HPPA
7568* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7569@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7570@ifset I370
7571* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7572@end ifset
252b5132 7573@ifset I80386
55b62671 7574* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7575@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7576@ifset I860
7577* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7578@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7579@ifset I960
7580* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7581@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7582@ifset IA64
7583* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7584@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7585@ifset IP2K
7586* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7587@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7588@ifset LM32
7589* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7590@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7591@ifset M32C
7592* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7593@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7594@ifset M32R
7595* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7596@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7597@ifset M680X0
7598* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7599@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7600@ifset M68HC11
7601* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7602@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7603@ifset METAG
7604* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7605@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7606@ifset MICROBLAZE
7607* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7608@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7609@ifset MIPS
7610* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7611@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7612@ifset MMIX
7613* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7614@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7615@ifset MSP430
7616* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7617@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7618@ifset NDS32
7619* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7620@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7621@ifset NIOSII
7622* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7623@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7624@ifset NS32K
7625* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7626@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7627@ifset PDP11
7628* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7629@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7630@ifset PJ
7631* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7632@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7633@ifset PPC
7634* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7635@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7636@ifset PRU
7637* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7638@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7639@ifset RL78
7640* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7641@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7642@ifset RISCV
7643* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7644@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7645@ifset RX
7646* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7647@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7648@ifset S390
7649* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7650@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7651@ifset SCORE
7652* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7653@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7654@ifset SH
7655* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7656* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7657@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7658@ifset SPARC
7659* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7660@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7661@ifset TIC54X
7662* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7663@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7664@ifset TIC6X
7665* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7666@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7667@ifset TILEGX
7668* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7669@end ifset
7670@ifset TILEPRO
7671* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7672@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7673@ifset V850
7674* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7675@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7676@ifset VAX
7677* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7678@end ifset
7679@ifset VISIUM
7680* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7681@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7682@ifset XGATE
7683* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7684@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7685@ifset XSTORMY16
7686* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7687@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7688@ifset XTENSA
7689* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7690@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7691@ifset Z80
7692* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7693@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7694@ifset Z8000
7695* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7696@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7697@end menu
7698
7699@lowersections
7700@end ifset
7701
7702@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7703@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7704@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7705@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7706@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7707@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7708@c in both conditional blocks.
7709
a06ea964
NC
7710@ifset AARCH64
7711@include c-aarch64.texi
7712@end ifset
7713
625e1353
RH
7714@ifset ALPHA
7715@include c-alpha.texi
7716@end ifset
7717
7718@ifset ARC
7719@include c-arc.texi
7720@end ifset
7721
252b5132
RH
7722@ifset ARM
7723@include c-arm.texi
7724@end ifset
7725
8473f7a4
DC
7726@ifset AVR
7727@include c-avr.texi
7728@end ifset
7729
3b4e1885 7730@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7731@include c-bfin.texi
7732@end ifset
7733
3d3d428f
NC
7734@ifset CR16
7735@include c-cr16.texi
7736@end ifset
7737
328eb32e
HPN
7738@ifset CRIS
7739@include c-cris.texi
7740@end ifset
7741
c2dcd04e 7742@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7743@ifclear GENERIC
7744@node Machine Dependencies
7745@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7746
c2dcd04e 7747The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7748and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7749chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7750family.
7751
7752@menu
c2dcd04e 7753* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7754* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7755@end menu
7756@lowersections
7757@end ifclear
7758@end ifset
7759
7760@ifset D10V
7761@include c-d10v.texi
7762@end ifset
7763
7764@ifset D30V
7765@include c-d30v.texi
7766@end ifset
7767
cfb8c092
NC
7768@ifset EPIPHANY
7769@include c-epiphany.texi
7770@end ifset
7771
252b5132
RH
7772@ifset H8/300
7773@include c-h8300.texi
7774@end ifset
7775
252b5132
RH
7776@ifset HPPA
7777@include c-hppa.texi
7778@end ifset
7779
5b93d8bb
AM
7780@ifset I370
7781@include c-i370.texi
7782@end ifset
7783
252b5132
RH
7784@ifset I80386
7785@include c-i386.texi
7786@end ifset
7787
e3308d0d
JE
7788@ifset I860
7789@include c-i860.texi
7790@end ifset
7791
252b5132
RH
7792@ifset I960
7793@include c-i960.texi
7794@end ifset
7795
9e32ca89
NC
7796@ifset IA64
7797@include c-ia64.texi
7798@end ifset
7799
a40cbfa3
NC
7800@ifset IP2K
7801@include c-ip2k.texi
7802@end ifset
7803
84e94c90
NC
7804@ifset LM32
7805@include c-lm32.texi
7806@end ifset
7807
49f58d10
JB
7808@ifset M32C
7809@include c-m32c.texi
7810@end ifset
7811
ec694b89
NC
7812@ifset M32R
7813@include c-m32r.texi
7814@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7815
7816@ifset M680X0
7817@include c-m68k.texi
7818@end ifset
7819
60bcf0fa
NC
7820@ifset M68HC11
7821@include c-m68hc11.texi
7822@end ifset
7823
a3c62988
NC
7824@ifset METAG
7825@include c-metag.texi
7826@end ifset
7827
01642c12 7828@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7829@include c-microblaze.texi
7830@end ifset
7831
252b5132
RH
7832@ifset MIPS
7833@include c-mips.texi
7834@end ifset
7835
3c3bdf30
NC
7836@ifset MMIX
7837@include c-mmix.texi
7838@end ifset
7839
2469cfa2
NC
7840@ifset MSP430
7841@include c-msp430.texi
7842@end ifset
7843
35c08157
KLC
7844@ifset NDS32
7845@include c-nds32.texi
7846@end ifset
7847
36591ba1
SL
7848@ifset NIOSII
7849@include c-nios2.texi
7850@end ifset
7851
252b5132
RH
7852@ifset NS32K
7853@include c-ns32k.texi
7854@end ifset
7855
e135f41b
NC
7856@ifset PDP11
7857@include c-pdp11.texi
7858@end ifset
7859
041dd5a9
ILT
7860@ifset PJ
7861@include c-pj.texi
7862@end ifset
7863
418c1742
MG
7864@ifset PPC
7865@include c-ppc.texi
7866@end ifset
7867
93f11b16
DD
7868@ifset PRU
7869@include c-pru.texi
7870@end ifset
7871
99c513f6
DD
7872@ifset RL78
7873@include c-rl78.texi
7874@end ifset
7875
4f7eddc4
PD
7876@ifset RISCV
7877@include c-riscv.texi
7878@end ifset
7879
046d31c2
NC
7880@ifset RX
7881@include c-rx.texi
7882@end ifset
7883
11c19e16
MS
7884@ifset S390
7885@include c-s390.texi
7886@end ifset
7887
c0157db4
NC
7888@ifset SCORE
7889@include c-score.texi
7890@end ifset
7891
252b5132
RH
7892@ifset SH
7893@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7894@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7895@end ifset
7896
7897@ifset SPARC
7898@include c-sparc.texi
7899@end ifset
7900
39bec121
TW
7901@ifset TIC54X
7902@include c-tic54x.texi
7903@end ifset
7904
40b36596
JM
7905@ifset TIC6X
7906@include c-tic6x.texi
7907@end ifset
7908
aa137e4d
NC
7909@ifset TILEGX
7910@include c-tilegx.texi
7911@end ifset
7912
7913@ifset TILEPRO
7914@include c-tilepro.texi
7915@end ifset
7916
b6605ddd
EB
7917@ifset V850
7918@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7919@end ifset
7920
7921@ifset VAX
7922@include c-vax.texi
7923@end ifset
7924
b6605ddd
EB
7925@ifset VISIUM
7926@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7927@end ifset
7928
f6c1a2d5
NC
7929@ifset XGATE
7930@include c-xgate.texi
7931@end ifset
7932
6753e72f
NC
7933@ifset XSTORMY16
7934@include c-xstormy16.texi
7935@end ifset
7936
e0001a05
NC
7937@ifset XTENSA
7938@include c-xtensa.texi
7939@end ifset
7940
b6605ddd
EB
7941@ifset Z80
7942@include c-z80.texi
7943@end ifset
7944
7945@ifset Z8000
7946@include c-z8k.texi
7947@end ifset
7948
252b5132
RH
7949@ifset GENERIC
7950@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7951@raisesections
7952@end ifset
7953
7954@node Reporting Bugs
7955@chapter Reporting Bugs
7956@cindex bugs in assembler
7957@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7958
a4fb0134 7959Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7960
7961Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7962not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7963entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7964Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7965
7966In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7967information that enables us to fix the bug.
7968
7969@menu
7970* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7971* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7972@end menu
7973
7974@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7975@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7976@cindex bug criteria
7977
7978If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7979
7980@itemize @bullet
7981@cindex fatal signal
7982@cindex assembler crash
7983@cindex crash of assembler
7984@item
7985If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7986@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7987
7988@cindex error on valid input
7989@item
a4fb0134 7990If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7991
7992@cindex invalid input
7993@item
a4fb0134 7994If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7995is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7996be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7997
7998@item
7999If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8000of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8001@end itemize
8002
8003@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8004@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8005@cindex bug reports
8006@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8007
8008A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8009you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8010contact that organization first.
8011
8012You can find contact information for many support companies and
8013individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8014distribution.
8015
ad22bfe8 8016@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8017In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8018to @value{BUGURL}.
8019@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8020
8021The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8022@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8023fact or leave it out, state it!
8024
8025Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8026and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8027name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8028not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8029happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8030perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8031the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8032give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8033and the most helpful.
8034
8035Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8036it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8037that the bug has not been reported previously.
8038
8039Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8040bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8041respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8042You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8043
8044To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8045
8046@itemize @bullet
8047@item
a4fb0134 8048The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8049it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8050
8051Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8052the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8053
8054@item
a4fb0134 8055Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8056
8057@item
8058The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8059version number.
8060
8061@item
a4fb0134 8062What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8063``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8064
8065@item
8066The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8067observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8068all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8069
8070If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8071and then we might not encounter the bug.
8072
8073@item
8074A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8075the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8076high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8077when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8078the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8079file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8080@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8081
8082@item
8083A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8084incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8085
a4fb0134 8086Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8087will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8088notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8089make a mistake.
8090
8091Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8092explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8093@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8094library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8095would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8096would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8097expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8098observations.
8099
8100@item
a4fb0134 8101If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8102diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8103option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8104discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8105by line number.
8106
8107The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8108sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8109@end itemize
8110
8111Here are some things that are not necessary:
8112
8113@itemize @bullet
8114@item
8115A description of the envelope of the bug.
8116
8117Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8118which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8119changes will not affect it.
8120
8121This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8122will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8123with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8124We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8125
8126Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8127of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8128output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8129less time, and so on.
8130
8131However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8132report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8133
8134@item
8135A patch for the bug.
8136
8137A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8138the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8139a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8140to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8141
a4fb0134 8142Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8143construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8144the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8145one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8146
8147And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8148patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8149help us to understand.
8150
8151@item
8152A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8153
8154Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8155things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8156@end itemize
8157
8158@node Acknowledgements
8159@chapter Acknowledgements
8160
653cfe85 8161If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8162it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8163maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8164@c (October 2012),
8165the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8166
8167Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8168more details?}
8169
8170Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8171information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8172extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8173
8174K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8175many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8176up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8177testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8178including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8179and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8180support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8181port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8182file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8183assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8184
8185Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8186in format-specific I/O modules.
8187
8188The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8189has done much work with it since.
8190
8191The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8192
8193Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8194
8195The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8196University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8197
8198Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8199(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8200(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8201support a.out format.
8202
7be1c489
AM
8203Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8204tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8205Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8206use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8207targets.
8208
8209John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8210simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8211updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8212fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8213remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8214cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8215required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8216
8217Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
821868k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8219added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8220PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8221
653cfe85 8222Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8223
8224Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8225
8226Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8227along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8228formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8229the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8230
8231Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8232Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8233Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8234Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8235and some initial 64-bit support).
8236
c1253627 8237Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8238
252b5132
RH
8239Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8240support for openVMS/Alpha.
8241
39bec121
TW
8242Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8243flavors.
8244
e0001a05 8245David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8246Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8247
252b5132
RH
8248Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8249configuration enhancements.
8250
84e94c90
NC
8251Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8252
252b5132
RH
8253Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8254you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8255want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8256intentionally leaving anyone out.
8257
793c5807
NC
8258@node GNU Free Documentation License
8259@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8260@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8261
370b66a1
CD
8262@node AS Index
8263@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8264
8265@printindex cp
8266
252b5132
RH
8267@bye
8268@c Local Variables:
8269@c fill-column: 79
8270@c End:
This page took 1.296665 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.